Document:

<Page>

                                                                     Exhibit 4.2

                                U.S.$136,040,000

                             TABLETOP HOLDINGS, INC.

               12 1/4% SENIOR SUBORDINATED DISCOUNT NOTES DUE 2014

                          REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

                                                               November 12, 2003

Credit Suisse First Boston LLC
Jefferies & Company, Inc.
c/o Credit Suisse First Boston LLC
    Eleven Madison Avenue
    New York, New York 10010-3629

Ladies and Gentlemen:

        Tabletop Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "COMPANY"),
proposes to issue and sell to Credit Suisse First Boston LLC and Jefferies &
Company, Inc. (collectively, the "INITIAL PURCHASERS"), upon the terms set forth
in a purchase agreement, dated November 6, 2003 (the "PURCHASE AGREEMENT"),
U.S$136,040,000 stated aggregate principal amount at maturity (including
accreted amounts) of its 12 1/4% Senior Subordinated Discount Notes due 2014
(the "INITIAL SECURITIES"). The Initial Securities will be issued pursuant to an
Indenture, dated the date hereof (the "INDENTURE"), between the Company and
Wells Fargo Bank Minnesota, National Association, as trustee (the "TRUSTEE"). As
an inducement to the Initial Purchasers to enter into the Purchase Agreement,
the Company agrees with the Initial Purchasers, for the benefit of the Initial
Purchasers and the holders of the Securities (as defined below) (collectively
the "HOLDERS"), as follows:

        1. REGISTERED EXCHANGE OFFER. Unless not permitted by applicable law
(after the Company has complied with the ultimate paragraph of this Section 1),
the Company shall prepare and, not later than 160 days (such 160th day being a
"FILING DEADLINE") after the date on which the Initial Purchasers purchase the
Initial Securities pursuant to the Purchase Agreement (the "CLOSING DATE"), file
with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "COMMISSION") a registration
statement (the "EXCHANGE OFFER REGISTRATION STATEMENT") on an appropriate form
under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "SECURITIES ACT"), with
respect to a proposed offer (the "REGISTERED EXCHANGE OFFER") to the Holders of
Transfer Restricted Securities (as defined in Section 6 hereof), who are not
prohibited by any law or policy of the Commission from participating in the
Registered Exchange Offer, to issue and deliver to such Holders, in exchange for
the Initial Securities, a like aggregate principal amount of debt securities of
the Company issued under the Indenture, identical in all material respects to
the Initial Securities and registered under the Securities Act (the "EXCHANGE
SECURITIES"). The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to (i) cause
such Exchange Offer Registration Statement to become effective under the
Securities Act within 250 days after the Closing Date (such 250th day being an
"EFFECTIVENESS DEADLINE") and (ii) keep the Exchange Offer Registration
Statement effective for not less than 30 days (or longer, if required by
applicable law) after the date notice of the Registered Exchange Offer is mailed
to the Holders (such period being called the "EXCHANGE OFFER REGISTRATION
PERIOD").

        If the Company commences the Registered Exchange Offer, the Company (i)
will be entitled to consummate the Registered Exchange Offer 30 days after such
commencement (provided that the Company has accepted all the Initial Securities
theretofore validly tendered in accordance with the terms of the

<Page>

Registered Exchange Offer) and (ii) will be required to consummate the
Registered Exchange Offer no later than 40 days after the date on which the
Exchange Offer Registration Statement is declared effective (such 40th day being
the "CONSUMMATION DEADLINE").

        Following the declaration of the effectiveness of the Exchange Offer
Registration Statement, the Company shall promptly commence the Registered
Exchange Offer, it being the objective of such Registered Exchange Offer to
enable each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities electing to exchange the
Initial Securities for Exchange Securities (assuming that such Holder is not an
affiliate of the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act, acquires the
Exchange Securities in the ordinary course of such Holder's business and has no
arrangements with any person to participate in the distribution of the Exchange
Securities and is not prohibited by any law or policy of the Commission from
participating in the Registered Exchange Offer) to trade such Exchange
Securities from and after their receipt without any limitations or restrictions
under the Securities Act and without material restrictions under the securities
laws of the several states of the United States.

        The Company acknowledges that, pursuant to current interpretations by
the Commission's staff of Section 5 of the Securities Act, in the absence of an
applicable exemption therefrom, (i) each Holder which is a broker-dealer
electing to exchange Initial Securities, acquired for its own account as a
result of market making activities or other trading activities, for Exchange
Securities (an "EXCHANGING DEALER"), is required to deliver a prospectus
containing the information set forth in (a) Annex A hereto on the cover, (b)
Annex B hereto in the "Exchange Offer Procedures" section and the "Purpose of
the Exchange Offer" section, and (c) Annex C hereto in the "Plan of
Distribution" section of such prospectus in connection with a sale of any such
Exchange Securities received by such Exchanging Dealer pursuant to the
Registered Exchange Offer and (ii) an Initial Purchaser that elects to sell
Securities (as defined below) acquired in exchange for Initial Securities
constituting any portion of an unsold allotment, is required to deliver a
prospectus containing the information required by Items 507 or 508 of Regulation
S-K under the Securities Act, as applicable, in connection with such sale.

        The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to keep the Exchange
Offer Registration Statement effective and to amend and supplement the
prospectus contained therein, in order to permit such prospectus to be lawfully
delivered by all persons subject to the prospectus delivery requirements of the
Securities Act for such period of time as such persons must comply with such
requirements in order to resell the Exchange Securities; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that
(i) in the case where such prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto
must be delivered by an Exchanging Dealer or an Initial Purchaser, such period
shall be the lesser of 180 days and the date on which all Exchanging Dealers and
the Initial Purchasers have sold all Exchange Securities held by them (unless
such period is extended pursuant to Section 3(j) below) and (ii) the Company
shall make such prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto available to
any broker-dealer for use in connection with any resale of any Exchange
Securities for a period of not less than 180 days after the consummation of the
Registered Exchange Offer.

        If, upon consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer, any Initial
Purchaser holds Initial Securities acquired by it as part of its initial
distribution, the Company, simultaneously with the delivery of the Exchange
Securities pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer, shall issue and deliver to
such Initial Purchaser upon the written request of such Initial Purchaser, in
exchange (the "PRIVATE EXCHANGE") for the Initial Securities held by such
Initial Purchaser, a like principal amount of debt securities of the Company
issued under the Indenture and identical in all material respects to the Initial
Securities (the "PRIVATE EXCHANGE SECURITIES"). The Initial Securities, the
Exchange Securities and the Private Exchange Securities are herein collectively
called the "SECURITIES".

        In connection with the Registered Exchange Offer, the Company shall:

                                        2
<Page>

        (a)     mail to each Holder a copy of the prospectus forming part of the
        Exchange Offer Registration Statement, together with an appropriate
        letter of transmittal and related documents;

        (b)     keep the Registered Exchange Offer open for not less than 30
        days (or longer, if required by applicable law) after the date notice
        thereof is mailed to the Holders;

        (c)     utilize the services of a depositary for the Registered Exchange
        Offer with an address in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York,
        which may be the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee;

        (d)     permit Holders to withdraw tendered Securities at any time prior
        to the close of business, New York time, on the last business day on
        which the Registered Exchange Offer shall remain open; and

        (e)     otherwise comply with all applicable laws.

        As soon as practicable after the close of the Registered Exchange Offer
or the Private Exchange, as the case may be, the Company shall:

           (x) accept for exchange all the Securities validly tendered and not
        withdrawn pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer and the Private
        Exchange;

           (y) deliver to the Trustee for cancellation all the Initial
        Securities so accepted for exchange; and

           (z) cause the Trustee to authenticate and deliver promptly to each
        Holder of the Initial Securities, Exchange Securities or Private
        Exchange Securities, as the case may be, equal in principal amount to
        the Initial Securities of such Holder so accepted for exchange.

        The Indenture will provide that the Exchange Securities will not be
subject to the transfer restrictions set forth in the Indenture and that all the
Securities will vote and consent together on all matters as one class and that
none of the Securities will have the right to vote or consent as a class
separate from one another on any matter.

        Interest on each Exchange Security and Private Exchange Security issued
pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer and in the Private Exchange will
accrue from the last interest payment date on which interest was paid on the
Initial Securities surrendered in exchange therefor or, if no interest has been
paid on the Initial Securities, from the date of original issue of the Initial
Securities.

        Each Holder participating in the Registered Exchange Offer shall be
required to represent to the Company that at the time of the consummation of the
Registered Exchange Offer (i) any Exchange Securities received by such Holder
will be acquired in the ordinary course of business, (ii) such Holder will have
no arrangements or understanding with any person to participate in the
distribution of the Securities or the Exchange Securities within the meaning of
the Securities Act, (iii) such Holder is not an "affiliate," as defined in Rule
405 of the Securities Act, of the Company or if it is an affiliate, such Holder
will comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the
Securities Act to the extent applicable, (iv) if such Holder is not a
broker-dealer, that it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, the
distribution of the Exchange Securities and (v) if such Holder is a
broker-dealer, that it will receive Exchange Securities for its own account in
exchange for Initial Securities that were acquired as a result of market-making
activities or other trading activities and that it will be required to
acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of
such Exchange Securities.

                                        3
<Page>

        Notwithstanding any other provisions hereof, the Company will ensure
that (i) any Exchange Offer Registration Statement and any amendment thereto and
any prospectus forming part thereof and any supplement thereto complies in all
material respects with the Securities Act and the rules and regulations
thereunder, (ii) any Exchange Offer Registration Statement and any amendment
thereto does not, when it becomes effective, contain an untrue statement of a
material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or
necessary to make the statements therein not misleading and (iii) any prospectus
forming part of any Exchange Offer Registration Statement, and any supplement to
such prospectus, does not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit
to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to
make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they
were made, not misleading.

        If following the date hereof there has been announced a change in
Commission policy with respect to exchange offers that in the reasonable opinion
of counsel to the Company raises a substantial question as to whether the
Registered Exchange Offer is permitted by applicable federal law, the Company
will seek a no-action letter or other favorable decision from the Commission
allowing the Company to consummate the Registered Exchange Offer. The Company
will pursue the issuance of such a decision to the Commission staff level. In
connection with the foregoing, the Company will use its reasonable best efforts
to take all such other actions as may be requested by the Commission or
otherwise required in connection with the issuance of such decision, including
without limitation (i) participating in telephonic conferences with the
Commission, (ii) delivering to the Commission staff an analysis prepared by
counsel to the Company setting forth the legal bases, if any, upon which such
counsel has concluded that the Registered Exchange Offer should be permitted and
(iii) diligently pursuing a resolution (which need not be favorable) by the
Commission staff.

        2. SHELF REGISTRATION. If, (i) because of any change in law or in
applicable interpretations thereof by the staff of the Commission, the Company
is not permitted to effect a Registered Exchange Offer, as contemplated by
Section 1 hereof, (ii) the Registered Exchange Offer is not consummated by the
290th day after the Closing Date, (iii) any Initial Purchaser so requests with
respect to the Initial Securities (or the Private Exchange Securities) not
eligible to be exchanged for Exchange Securities in the Registered Exchange
Offer and held by it following consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer or
(iv) any Holder (other than an Exchanging Dealer) is not eligible to participate
in the Registered Exchange Offer or, in the case of any Holder (other than an
Exchanging Dealer) that participates in the Registered Exchange Offer, such
Holder does not receive freely tradeable Exchange Securities on the date of the
exchange and any such Holder so requests following the consummation of the
Registered Exchange Offer, the Company shall take the following actions (the
date on which any of the conditions described in the foregoing clauses (i)
through (iv) occur, including in the case of clauses (iii) or (iv) the receipt
of the required notice, being a "TRIGGER DATE"):

                (a) The Company shall promptly (but in no event more than 45
        days after the Trigger Date (such 45th day being a "FILING DEADLINE"))
        file with the Commission and thereafter use its reasonable best efforts
        to cause to be declared effective no later than 140 days after the
        Trigger Date (such 140th day being an "EFFECTIVENESS DEADLINE") a
        registration statement (the "SHELF REGISTRATION STATEMENT" and, together
        with the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, a "REGISTRATION
        STATEMENT") on an appropriate form under the Securities Act relating to
        the offer and sale of the Transfer Restricted Securities by the Holders
        thereof from time to time in accordance with the methods of distribution
        set forth in the Shelf Registration Statement and Rule 415 under the
        Securities Act (hereinafter, the "SHELF REGISTRATION"); PROVIDED,
        HOWEVER, that no Holder (other than an Initial Purchaser) shall be
        entitled to have the Securities held by it covered by such Shelf
        Registration Statement unless such Holder agrees in writing to be bound
        by all the provisions of this Agreement applicable to such Holder.

                (b) The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to keep
        the Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective in order to
        permit the prospectus included therein to be lawfully

                                        4
<Page>

        delivered by the Holders of the relevant Securities, for a period of two
        years (or for such longer period if extended pursuant to Section 3(j)
        below) from the date of its effectiveness or such shorter period that
        will terminate when (i) all the Securities covered by the Shelf
        Registration Statement (A) have been sold pursuant thereto or (B) can be
        sold pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act (or any successor
        rule thereof) without limitations under clauses (c), (e), (f) and (h)
        thereof or (ii) the date that is two years after the Shelf Registration
        Statement has been declared effective (the time when the Company's
        obligation to keep the Shelf Registration Statement effective terminates
        under the terms of this Agreement is sometimes referred to herein as the
        "SHELF OBLIGATION TERMINATION TIME"). The Company shall be deemed not to
        have used its reasonable best efforts to keep the Shelf Registration
        Statement effective during the requisite period if it voluntarily takes
        any action that would result in Holders of Securities covered thereby
        not being able to offer and sell such Securities during that period,
        unless such action is required by applicable law.

                (c) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement to
        the contrary, the Company shall cause the Shelf Registration Statement
        and the related prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto, as
        of the effective date of the Shelf Registration Statement, amendment or
        supplement, (i) to comply in all material respects with the applicable
        requirements of the Securities Act and the rules and regulations of the
        Commission and (ii) not to contain any untrue statement of a material
        fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or
        necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the
        circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

        3. REGISTRATION PROCEDURES. In connection with any Shelf Registration
contemplated by Section 2 hereof and, to the extent applicable, any Registered
Exchange Offer contemplated by Section 1 hereof, the following provisions shall
apply:

                (a) The Company shall (i) furnish to each Initial Purchaser,
        prior to the filing thereof with the Commission, a copy of the
        Registration Statement and each amendment thereof and each supplement,
        if any, to the prospectus included therein and, in the event that an
        Initial Purchaser (with respect to any portion of an unsold allotment
        from the original offering) is participating in the Registered Exchange
        Offer or the Shelf Registration Statement, the Company shall use its
        reasonable best efforts to reflect in each such document, when so filed
        with the Commission, such comments as such Initial Purchaser reasonably
        may propose; (ii) include the information set forth in Annex A hereto on
        the cover, in Annex B hereto in the "Exchange Offer Procedures" section
        and the "Purpose of the Exchange Offer" section and in Annex C hereto in
        the "Plan of Distribution" section of the prospectus forming a part of
        the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and include the information
        set forth in Annex D hereto in the Letter of Transmittal delivered
        pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer; (iii) if requested by an
        Initial Purchaser, include the information required by Items 507 or 508
        of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act, as applicable, in the
        prospectus forming a part of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement;
        (iv) include within the prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer
        Registration Statement a section entitled "Plan of Distribution,"
        reasonably acceptable to the Initial Purchasers, which shall contain a
        summary statement of the positions taken or policies made by the staff
        of the Commission with respect to the potential "underwriter" status of
        any broker-dealer that is the beneficial owner (as defined in Rule 13d-3
        under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "EXCHANGE
        ACT")) of Exchange Securities received by such broker-dealer in the
        Registered Exchange Offer (a "PARTICIPATING BROKER-DEALER"), whether
        such positions or policies have been publicly disseminated by the staff
        of the Commission or such positions or policies, in the reasonable
        judgment of the Initial Purchasers based upon advice of counsel (which
        may be in-house counsel), represent the prevailing views of the staff of
        the Commission; and (v) in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement,
        include the names of the Holders who propose to sell Securities pursuant
        to the Shelf Registration Statement as selling securityholders.

                                        5
<Page>

                (b) The Company shall give written notice to the Initial
        Purchasers, the Holders of the Securities and any Participating
        Broker-Dealer from whom the Company has received prior written notice
        that it will be a Participating Broker-Dealer in the Registered Exchange
        Offer (which notice pursuant to clauses (ii)-(v) hereof shall be
        accompanied by an instruction to suspend the use of the prospectus until
        the requisite changes have been made):

                        (i) when the Registration Statement or any amendment
                thereto has been filed with the Commission and when the
                Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto
                has become effective;

                        (ii) of any request by the Commission for amendments or
                supplements to the Registration Statement or the prospectus
                included therein or for additional information;

                        (iii) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop
                order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement
                or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose;

                        (iv) of the receipt by the Company or its legal counsel
                of any notification with respect to the suspension of the
                qualification of the Securities for sale in any jurisdiction or
                the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such
                purpose; and

                        (v) of the happening of any event that requires the
                Company to make changes in the Registration Statement or the
                prospectus in order that the Registration Statement or the
                prospectus do not contain an untrue statement of a material fact
                nor omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein
                or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of the
                prospectus, in light of the circumstances under which they were
                made) not misleading.

                (c) The Company shall make reasonable best efforts to obtain the
        withdrawal at the earliest possible time, of any order suspending the
        effectiveness of the Registration Statement.

                (d) The Company shall furnish to each Holder of Securities
        included within the coverage of the Shelf Registration, without charge,
        at least one copy of the Shelf Registration Statement and any
        post-effective amendment thereto, including financial statements and
        schedules, and, if the Holder so requests in writing, all exhibits
        thereto (including those, if any, incorporated by reference).

                (e) The Company shall deliver to each Exchanging Dealer and each
        Initial Purchaser, and to any other Holder who so requests, without
        charge, at least one copy of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement
        and any post-effective amendment thereto, including financial statements
        and schedules, and, if any Initial Purchaser or any such Holder
        requests, all exhibits thereto (including those incorporated by
        reference).

                (f) The Company shall, during the Shelf Registration Period,
        deliver to each Holder of Securities included within the coverage of the
        Shelf Registration, without charge, as many copies of the prospectus
        (including each preliminary prospectus) included in the Shelf
        Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto as such
        person may reasonably request. The Company consents, subject to the
        provisions of this Agreement, to the use of the prospectus or any
        amendment or supplement thereto by each of the selling Holders of the
        Securities in connection with the offering and sale of the Securities
        covered by the prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto,
        included in the Shelf Registration Statement.

                                        6
<Page>

                (g) The Company shall deliver to each Initial Purchaser, any
        Exchanging Dealer, any Participating Broker-Dealer and such other
        persons required to deliver a prospectus following the Registered
        Exchange Offer, without charge, as many copies of the final prospectus
        included in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and any amendment
        or supplement thereto as such persons may reasonably request. The
        Company consents, subject to the provisions of this Agreement, to the
        use of the prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto by any
        Initial Purchaser, if necessary, any Participating Broker-Dealer and
        such other persons required to deliver a prospectus following the
        Registered Exchange Offer in connection with the offering and sale of
        the Exchange Securities covered by the prospectus, or any amendment or
        supplement thereto, included in such Exchange Offer Registration
        Statement.

                (h) Prior to any public offering of the Securities pursuant to
        any Registration Statement the Company shall register or qualify or
        cooperate with the Holders of the Securities included therein and their
        respective counsel in connection with the registration or qualification
        of the Securities for offer and sale under the securities or "blue sky"
        laws of such states of the United States as any Holder of the Securities
        reasonably requests in writing and do any and all other acts or things
        necessary or advisable to enable the offer and sale in such
        jurisdictions of the Securities covered by such Registration Statement;
        PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Company shall not be required to (i) qualify
        generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it is not then so
        qualified or (ii) take any action which would subject it to general
        service of process or to taxation in any jurisdiction where it is not
        then so subject.

                (i) The Company shall cooperate with the Holders of the
        Securities to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of
        certificates representing the Securities to be sold pursuant to any
        Registration Statement free of any restrictive legends and in such
        denominations and registered in such names as the Holders may request a
        reasonable period of time prior to sales of the Securities pursuant to
        such Registration Statement.

                (j) Upon the occurrence of any event contemplated by paragraphs
        (ii) through (v) of Section 3(b) above during the period for which the
        Company is required to maintain an effective Registration Statement, the
        Company shall promptly prepare and file any requisite post-effective
        amendment to the Registration Statement or any requisite supplement to
        the related prospectus and any other required document so that, as
        thereafter delivered to Holders of the Securities or purchasers of
        Securities, the prospectus will not contain an untrue statement of a
        material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated
        therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the
        circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. If the Company
        notifies the Initial Purchasers, the Holders of the Securities and any
        known Participating Broker-Dealer in accordance with paragraphs (ii)
        through (v) of Section 3(b) above to suspend the use of the prospectus
        until the requisite changes to the prospectus have been made, then the
        Initial Purchasers, the Holders of the Securities and any such
        Participating Broker-Dealers shall suspend use of such prospectus, and
        the period of effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement provided
        for in Section 2(b) above and the Exchange Offer Registration Statement
        provided for in Section 1 above shall each be extended by the number of
        days from and including the date of the giving of such notice to and
        including the date when the Initial Purchasers, the Holders of the
        Securities and any known Participating Broker-Dealer shall have received
        such amended or supplemented prospectus pursuant to this Section 3(j) or
        the Company shall have notified such Holders that disposition of such
        Securities may resume using the then existing prospectus if no amendment
        or supplement to such prospectus is required.

                (k) Not later than the effective date of the applicable
        Registration Statement, the Company will provide a CUSIP number for the
        Initial Securities, the Exchange Securities or the Private Exchange
        Securities, as the case may be, and provide the applicable trustee with
        printed

                                        7
<Page>

        certificates for the Initial Securities, the Exchange Securities or the
        Private Exchange Securities, as the case may be, in a form eligible for
        deposit with The Depository Trust Company.

                (l) The Company will comply with all rules and regulations of
        the Commission to the extent and so long as they are applicable to the
        Registered Exchange Offer or the Shelf Registration and will make
        generally available to its security holders (or otherwise provide in
        accordance with Section 11(a) of the Securities Act) an earnings
        statement satisfying the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities
        Act, no later than 45 days after the end of a 12-month period (or 90
        days, if such period is a fiscal year) beginning with the first month of
        the Company's first fiscal quarter commencing after the effective date
        of the Registration Statement, which statement shall cover such 12-month
        period.

                (m) The Company shall cause the Indenture to be qualified under
        the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, in a timely manner and
        containing such changes, if any, as shall be necessary for such
        qualification. In the event that such qualification would require the
        appointment of a new trustee under the Indenture, the Company shall
        appoint a new trustee thereunder pursuant to the applicable provisions
        of the Indenture.

                (n) The Company may require each Holder of Securities to be sold
        pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement to furnish to the Company
        such information regarding the Holder and the distribution of the
        Securities as the Company may from time to time reasonably require for
        inclusion in the Shelf Registration Statement, and the Company may
        exclude from such registration the Securities of any Holder that
        unreasonably fails to furnish such information within a reasonable time
        after receiving such request.

                (o) The Company shall enter into such customary agreements
        (including, if requested, an underwriting agreement in customary form)
        and take all such other action, if any, as any Holder of the Securities
        shall reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of the
        Securities pursuant to any Shelf Registration.

                (p) In the case of any Shelf Registration, the Company shall (i)
        make reasonably available for inspection by the Holders of the
        Securities, any underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to
        the Shelf Registration Statement and any attorney, accountant or other
        agent retained by the Holders of the Securities or any such underwriter
        (collectively, the "INSPECTORS") all relevant financial and other
        records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company
        (collectively, the "RECORDS") and (ii) cause the Company's officers,
        directors, employees, accountants and auditors to supply all relevant
        information reasonably requested by the Holders of the Securities or any
        such underwriter, attorney, accountant or agent in connection with the
        Shelf Registration Statement, in each case, as shall be reasonably
        necessary to enable such persons, to conduct a reasonable investigation
        within the meaning of Section 11 of the Securities Act; PROVIDED,
        HOWEVER, that each Inspector will be required to agree in writing that
        Records and information obtained by it as a result of such inspections
        shall be deemed confidential and may only be disclosed in connection
        with the consummation of the Shelf Registration, and provided, further
        that the foregoing inspection and information gathering shall be
        coordinated on behalf of the Initial Purchasers by you and on behalf of
        the other parties, by one counsel designated by and on behalf of such
        other parties as described in Section 4 hereof.

                (q) In the case of any Shelf Registration, the Company, if
        requested by any Holder of Securities covered thereby, shall cause (i)
        its counsel to deliver an opinion and updates thereof relating to the
        Securities in customary form addressed to such Holders and the managing
        underwriters, if any, thereof and dated, in the case of the initial
        opinion, the effective date of such Shelf Registration Statement (it
        being agreed that the matters to be covered by such opinion shall
        include, without limitation, the due incorporation and good standing of
        the Company and its

                                        8
<Page>

        subsidiaries; the qualification of the Company and its subsidiaries to
        transact business as foreign corporations; the due authorization,
        execution and delivery of the relevant agreement of the type referred to
        in Section 3(o) hereof; the due authorization, execution, authentication
        and issuance, and the validity and enforceability, of the applicable
        Securities; the absence of material legal or governmental proceedings
        involving the Company and its subsidiaries; the absence of governmental
        approvals required to be obtained in connection with the Shelf
        Registration Statement, the offering and sale of the applicable
        Securities, or any agreement of the type referred to in Section 3(o)
        hereof; the compliance as to form of such Shelf Registration Statement
        and any documents incorporated by reference therein and of the Indenture
        with the requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act,
        respectively; and, as of the date of the opinion and as of the effective
        date of the Shelf Registration Statement or most recent post-effective
        amendment thereto, as the case may be, the absence from such Shelf
        Registration Statement and the prospectus included therein, as then
        amended or supplemented, and from any documents incorporated by
        reference therein of an untrue statement of a material fact or the
        omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein
        or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading (in the case
        of any such documents, in the light of the circumstances existing at the
        time that such documents were filed with the Commission under the
        Exchange Act); (ii) its officers to execute and deliver all customary
        documents and certificates and updates thereof requested by any
        underwriters of the applicable Securities and (iii) its independent
        public accountants to provide to the selling Holders of the applicable
        Securities and any underwriter therefor a comfort letter in customary
        form and covering matters of the type customarily covered in comfort
        letters in connection with primary underwritten offerings, subject to
        receipt of appropriate documentation as contemplated, and only if
        permitted, by Statement of Auditing Standards No. 72.

                (r) In the case of the Registered Exchange Offer, if requested
        by any Initial Purchaser or any known Participating Broker-Dealer, the
        Company shall cause (i) its counsel to deliver to such Initial Purchaser
        or such Participating Broker-Dealer a signed opinion in the form set
        forth in Sections 6(d) and 6(e) of the Purchase Agreement with such
        changes as are customary in connection with the preparation of a
        Registration Statement and (ii) its independent public accountants to
        deliver to such Initial Purchaser or such Participating Broker-Dealer a
        comfort letter, in customary form, meeting the requirements as to the
        substance thereof as set forth in Section 6(a) of the Purchase
        Agreement.

                (s) If a Registered Exchange Offer or a Private Exchange is to
        be consummated, upon delivery of the Initial Securities by Holders to
        the Company (or to such other Person as directed by the Company) in
        exchange for the Exchange Securities or the Private Exchange Securities,
        as the case may be, the Company shall mark, or caused to be marked, on
        the Initial Securities so exchanged that such Initial Securities are
        being canceled in exchange for the Exchange Securities or the Private
        Exchange Securities, as the case may be; in no event shall the Initial
        Securities be marked as paid or otherwise satisfied.

                (t) The Company will use its reasonable best efforts to confirm
        that the ratings of the Initial Securities will apply to the Securities
        covered by a Registration Statement.

                (u) In the event that any broker-dealer registered under the
        Exchange Act shall underwrite any Securities or participate as a member
        of an underwriting syndicate or selling group or "assist in the
        distribution" (within the meaning of the Conduct Rules (the "RULES") of
        the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. ("NASD")) thereof,
        whether as a Holder of such Securities or as an underwriter, a placement
        or sales agent or a broker or dealer in respect thereof, or otherwise,
        the Company will assist such broker-dealer in complying with the
        requirements of such Rules, including, without limitation, by (i) if
        such Rules, including Rule 2720, shall so require, engaging a "qualified
        independent underwriter" (as defined in Rule 2720) to participate in the
        preparation of the Registration Statement relating to such Securities,
        to exercise usual

                                        9
<Page>

        standards of due diligence in respect thereto and, if any portion of the
        offering contemplated by such Registration Statement is an underwritten
        offering or is made through a placement or sales agent, to recommend the
        yield of such Securities, (ii) indemnifying any such qualified
        independent underwriter to the extent of the indemnification of
        underwriters provided in Section 5 hereof and (iii) providing such
        information to such broker-dealer as may be required in order for such
        broker-dealer to comply with the requirements of the Rules.

                (v) The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to take
        all other steps necessary to effect the registration of the Securities
        covered by a Registration Statement contemplated hereby.

        4. REGISTRATION EXPENSES. (a) All expenses incident to the Company's
performance of and compliance with this Agreement will be borne by the Company,
regardless of whether a Registration Statement is ever filed or becomes
effective, including without limitation;

                (i) all registration and filing fees and expenses;

                (ii) all fees and expenses of compliance with federal securities
        and state "blue sky" or securities laws;

                (iii) all expenses of printing (including printing certificates
        for the Securities to be issued in the Registered Exchange Offer and the
        Private Exchange and printing of Prospectuses), messenger and delivery
        services and telephone;

                (iv) all fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company;

                (v) all application and filing fees in connection with listing
        the Exchange Securities on a national securities exchange or automated
        quotation system pursuant to the requirements hereof; and

                (vi) all fees and disbursements of independent certified public
        accountants of the Company (including the expenses of any special audit
        and comfort letters required by or incident to such performance).

The Company will bear its internal expenses (including, without limitation, all
salaries and expenses of its officers and employees performing legal or
accounting duties), the expenses of any annual audit and the fees and expenses
of any person, including special experts, retained by the Company.

        (b) In connection with any Registration Statement required by this
Agreement, the Company will reimburse the Initial Purchasers and the Holders of
Transfer Restricted Securities who are tendering Initial Securities in the
Registered Exchange Offer and/or selling or reselling Securities pursuant to the
"Plan of Distribution" contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or
the Shelf Registration Statement, as applicable, for the reasonable fees and
disbursements of not more than one counsel, who shall be Akin Gump Strauss Hauer
& Feld LLP unless another firm shall be chosen by the Holders of a majority in
principal amount of the Transfer Restricted Securities for whose benefit such
Registration Statement is being prepared.

        5. INDEMNIFICATION. (a) The Company agrees to indemnify and hold
harmless each Holder of the Securities, any Participating Broker-Dealer and each
person, if any, who controls such Holder or such Participating Broker-Dealer
within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act (each Holder, any
Participating Broker-Dealer and such controlling persons are referred to
collectively as the "INDEMNIFIED PARTIES") from and against any losses, claims,
damages or liabilities, joint or several, or any actions in respect thereof
(including, but not limited to, any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or
actions relating to purchases and sales of the Securities) to which each
Indemnified Party may become subject under the

                                       10
<Page>

Securities Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims,
damages, liabilities or actions arise out of or are based upon any untrue
statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in a
Registration Statement or prospectus or in any amendment or supplement thereto
or in any preliminary prospectus relating to a Shelf Registration, or arise out
of, or are based upon, the omission or alleged omission to state therein a
material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements
therein not misleading, and shall reimburse, as incurred, the Indemnified
Parties for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in
connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage,
liability or action in respect thereof; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that (i) the Company
shall not be liable in any such case to the extent that such loss, claim, damage
or liability arises out of or is based upon any untrue statement or alleged
untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in a Registration
Statement or prospectus or in any amendment or supplement thereto or in any
preliminary prospectus relating to a Shelf Registration in reliance upon and in
conformity with written information pertaining to such Holder and furnished to
the Company by or on behalf of such Holder specifically for inclusion therein
and (ii) with respect to any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue
statement or omission made in any preliminary prospectus relating to a Shelf
Registration Statement, the indemnity agreement contained in this subsection (a)
shall not inure to the benefit of any Holder or Participating Broker-Dealer from
whom the person asserting any such losses, claims, damages or liabilities
purchased the Securities concerned, to the extent that a prospectus relating to
such Securities was required to be delivered by such Holder or Participating
Broker-Dealer under the Securities Act in connection with such purchase and any
such loss, claim, damage or liability of such Holder or Participating
Broker-Dealer results from the fact that there was not sent or given to such
person, at or prior to the written confirmation of the sale of such Securities
to such person, a copy of the final prospectus if the Company had previously
furnished copies thereof to such Holder or Participating Broker-Dealer; PROVIDED
FURTHER, HOWEVER, that this indemnity agreement will be in addition to any
liability which the Company may otherwise have to such Indemnified Party. The
Company shall also indemnify underwriters, their officers and directors and each
person who controls such underwriters within the meaning of the Securities Act
or the Exchange Act to the same extent as provided above with respect to the
indemnification of the Holders of the Securities if requested by such Holders.

        (b) Each Holder of the Securities, severally and not jointly, will
indemnify and hold harmless the Company and each person, if any, who controls
the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act from
and against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities or any actions in respect
thereof, to which the Company or any such controlling person may become subject
under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses,
claims, damages, liabilities or actions arise out of or are based upon any
untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in a
Registration Statement or prospectus or in any amendment or supplement thereto
or in any preliminary prospectus relating to a Shelf Registration, or arise out
of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a
material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, but in
each case only to the extent that the untrue statement or omission or alleged
untrue statement or omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with
written information pertaining to such Holder and furnished to the Company by or
on behalf of such Holder specifically for inclusion therein; and, subject to the
limitation set forth immediately preceding this clause, shall reimburse, as
incurred, the Company for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the
Company or any such controlling person in connection with investigating or
defending any loss, claim, damage, liability or action in respect thereof. This
indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability which such Holder may
otherwise have to the Company or any of its controlling persons.

        (c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 5
of notice of the commencement of any action or proceeding (including a
governmental investigation), such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect
thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under this Section 5,
notify the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof; but the omission so
to notify the indemnifying party will not, in any event, relieve the
indemnifying party from any obligations to any indemnified party other than the
indemnification obligation provided in paragraph (a) or (b) above. In case any
such action is brought against any indemnified party, and it notifies the
indemnifying party of the commencement thereof,

                                       11
<Page>

the indemnifying party will be entitled to participate therein and, to the
extent that it may wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly
notified, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to
such indemnified party (who shall not, except with the consent of the
indemnified party, be counsel to the indemnifying party), and after notice from
the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume
the defense thereof the indemnifying party will not be liable to such
indemnified party under this Section 5 for any legal or other expenses, other
than reasonable costs of investigation, subsequently incurred by such
indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof. No indemnifying party
shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party, effect any
settlement of any pending or threatened action in respect of which any
indemnified party is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been
sought hereunder by such indemnified party unless such settlement includes an
unconditional release of such indemnified party from all liability on any claims
that are the subject matter of such action, and does not include a statement as
to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of
any indemnified party.

        (d) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 5 is unavailable
or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under subsections (a) or
(b) above, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or
payable by such indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or
liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to in subsection (a) or (b)
above (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits
received by the indemnifying party or parties on the one hand and the
indemnified party on the other from the exchange of the Securities, pursuant to
the Registered Exchange Offer, or (ii) if the allocation provided by the
foregoing clause (i) is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as
is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause
(i) above but also the relative fault of the indemnifying party or parties on
the one hand and the indemnified party on the other in connection with the
statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or
liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) as well as any other relevant
equitable considerations. The relative fault of the parties shall be determined
by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue
statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a
material fact relates to information supplied by the Company on the one hand or
such Holder or such other indemnified party, as the case may be, on the other,
and the parties' relative intent, knowledge, access to information and
opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The amount paid by
an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities
referred to in the first sentence of this subsection (d) shall be deemed to
include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified
party in connection with investigating or defending any action or claim which is
the subject of this subsection (d). Notwithstanding any other provision of this
Section 5(d), the Holders of the Securities shall not be required to contribute
any amount in excess of the amount by which the net proceeds received by such
Holders from the sale of the Securities pursuant to a Registration Statement
exceeds the amount of damages which such Holders have otherwise been required to
pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged
omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning
of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from
any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. For purposes
of this paragraph (d), each person, if any, who controls such indemnified party
within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act shall have the same
rights to contribution as such indemnified party and each person, if any, who
controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange
Act shall have the same rights to contribution as the Company.

        (e) The agreements contained in this Section 5 shall survive the sale of
the Securities pursuant to a Registration Statement and shall remain in full
force and effect, regardless of any termination or cancellation of this
Agreement or any investigation made by or on behalf of any indemnified party.

        6. ADDITIONAL INTEREST UNDER CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES. (a) Additional
interest (the "ADDITIONAL INTEREST") with respect to the Securities shall be
assessed as follows if any of the following events occur (each such event in
clauses (i) through (v) below being herein called a "REGISTRATION DEFAULT"):

                                       12
<Page>

        (i)     the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is not filed with the
                Commission on or prior to the applicable Filing Deadline;

        (ii)    (A) the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is not declared
                effective by the Commission on or prior to the applicable
                Effectiveness Deadline or (B) any Shelf Registration Statement
                required by this Agreement is not declared effective by the
                Commission on or prior to the applicable Effectiveness Deadline;

        (iii)   the Registered Exchange Offer has not been consummated on or
                prior to the Consummation Deadline;

        (iv)    any Shelf Registration Statement required by this Agreement is
                not filed with the Commission on prior to the applicable Filing
                Deadline; or

        (v)     any Registration Statement required by this Agreement has been
                declared effective by the Commission but (A) such Registration
                Statement thereafter ceases to be effective or (B) such
                Registration Statement or the related prospectus ceases to be
                usable in connection with resales of Transfer Restricted
                Securities during the periods specified herein because either
                (1) any event occurs as a result of which the related prospectus
                forming part of such Registration Statement would include any
                untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any
                material fact necessary to make the statements therein in the
                light of the circumstances under which they were made not
                misleading, or (2) it shall be necessary to amend such
                Registration Statement or supplement the related prospectus, to
                comply with the Securities Act or the Exchange Act or the
                respective rules thereunder.

Each of the foregoing will constitute a Registration Default whatever the reason
for any such event and whether it is voluntary or involuntary or is beyond the
control of the Company or pursuant to operation of law or as a result of any
action or inaction by the Commission; provided, that a Registration Default
under the preceding clause (ii)(B), (iv) or (v) shall be deemed cured at the
Shelf Obligation Termination Time.

        Additional Interest shall accrue on the Securities over and above the
interest set forth in the title of the Securities from and including the date on
which any such Registration Default shall occur to but excluding the date on
which all such Registration Defaults have been cured, at a rate of 0.25% per
annum (the "ADDITIONAL INTEREST RATE") for the first 90-day period immediately
following the occurrence of such Registration Default. The Additional Interest
Rate shall increase by an additional 0.25% per annum with respect to each
subsequent 90-day period until all Registration Defaults have been cured, up to
a maximum Additional Interest Rate of 1.0% per annum. All Additional Interest
that accrues on the Securities on or prior to November 15, 2008 shall be added
to the accreted value of each Security and all Additional Interest that accrues
thereafter shall be payable in cash to holders of Securities on each scheduled
interest payment date under the Indenture.

        (b) A Registration Default referred to in Section 6(a)(v) hereof shall
be deemed not to have occurred and be continuing in relation to a Shelf
Registration Statement or the related prospectus if (i) such Registration
Default has occurred solely as a result of (x) the filing of a post-effective
amendment to such Shelf Registration Statement to incorporate annual audited
financial information with respect to the Company where such post-effective
amendment is not yet effective and needs to be declared effective to permit
Holders to use the related prospectus or (y) other material events, with respect
to the Company that would need to be described in such Shelf Registration
Statement or the related prospectus and (ii) in the case of clause (y), the
Company is proceeding promptly and in good faith to amend or supplement such
Shelf Registration Statement and related prospectus to describe such events;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that in any case if such Registration Default occurs for a
continuous period in excess of 30 days, Additional Interest

                                       13
<Page>

shall be payable in accordance with the above paragraph from the day such
Registration Default occurs until such Registration Default is cured.

        (c) Any amounts of Additional Interest due pursuant to Section 6(a) will
be payable in cash on the regular interest payment dates with respect to the
Securities. The amount of Additional Interest will be determined by multiplying
the applicable Additional Interest Rate by the principal amount of the
Securities and further multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the
number of days such Additional Interest Rate was applicable during such period
(determined on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months),
and the denominator of which is 360.

        (d) "TRANSFER RESTRICTED SECURITIES" means each Security until (i) the
date on which such Security has been exchanged by a person other than a
broker-dealer for a freely transferable Exchange Security in the Registered
Exchange Offer, (ii) following the exchange by a broker-dealer in the Registered
Exchange Offer of an Initial Security for an Exchange Note, the date on which
such Exchange Note is sold to a purchaser who receives from such broker-dealer
on or prior to the date of such sale a copy of the prospectus contained in the
Exchange Offer Registration Statement, (iii) the date on which such Security has
been effectively registered under the Securities Act and disposed of in
accordance with the Shelf Registration Statement or (iv) the date on which such
Security is distributed to the public pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities
Act or is saleable pursuant to Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act.

        7.  RULES 144 AND 144A. The Company shall use its reasonable best
efforts to file the reports required to be filed by it under the Securities Act
and the Exchange Act in a timely manner and, if at any time the Company is not
required to file such reports, it will, upon the request of any Holder of
Securities, make publicly available other information so long as necessary to
permit sales of their securities pursuant to Rules 144 and 144A. The Company
covenants that it will take such further action as any Holder of Securities may
reasonably request, all to the extent required from time to time to enable such
Holder to sell Securities without registration under the Securities Act within
the limitation of the exemptions provided by Rules 144 and 144A (including the
requirements of Rule 144A(d)(4)). The Company will provide a copy of this
Agreement to prospective purchasers of Initial Securities identified to the
Company by the Initial Purchasers upon request. Upon the request of any Holder
of Initial Securities, the Company shall deliver to such Holder a written
statement as to whether it has complied with such requirements. Notwithstanding
the foregoing, nothing in this Section 7 shall be deemed to require the Company
to register any of its securities pursuant to the Exchange Act.

        8.  UNDERWRITTEN REGISTRATIONS. If any of the Transfer Restricted
Securities covered by any Shelf Registration are to be sold in an underwritten
offering, the investment banker or investment bankers and manager or managers
that will administer the offering ("MANAGING UNDERWRITERS") will be selected by
the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of such Transfer
Restricted Securities to be included in such offering.

        No person may participate in any underwritten registration hereunder
unless such person (i) agrees to sell such person's Transfer Restricted
Securities on the basis reasonably provided in any underwriting arrangements
approved by the persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements and (ii)
completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities,
underwriting agreements and other documents reasonably required under the terms
of such underwriting arrangements.

        9.  MISCELLANEOUS.

        (a) REMEDIES. The Company acknowledges and agrees that any failure by
the Company to comply with its obligations under Section 1 and 2 hereof may
result in material irreparable injury to the Initial Purchasers or the Holders
for which there is no adequate remedy at law, that it will not be possible to
measure damages for such injuries precisely and that, in the event of any such
failure, the Initial Purchasers or any Holder may obtain such relief as may be
required to specifically enforce the Company's obligations

                                       14
<Page>

under Sections 1 and 2 hereof. The Company further agrees to waive the defense
in any action for specific performance that a remedy at law would be adequate.

        (b) NO INCONSISTENT AGREEMENTS. The Company will not on or after the
date of this Agreement and prior to the termination of the Company's obligations
hereunder enter into any agreement with respect to its securities that is
inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders in this Agreement or
otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof. The rights granted to the
Holders hereunder do not in any way conflict with and are not inconsistent with
the rights granted to the holders of the Company's securities under any
agreement in effect on the date hereof.

        (c) AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS. The provisions of this Agreement may not be
amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from
the provisions hereof may not be given, except by the Company and the written
consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities
affected by such amendment, modification, supplement, waiver or consents.

        (d) NOTICES. All notices and other communications provided for or
permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by hand delivery, first-class mail,
facsimile transmission, or air courier which guarantees overnight delivery:

                (1) if to a Holder of the Securities, at the most current
address given by such Holder to the Company.

                (2) if to the Initial Purchasers:

                          Credit Suisse First Boston LLC
                          Eleven Madison Avenue
                          New York, NY 10010-3629
                          Fax No.:  (212) 325-8278
                          Attention:  Transactions Advisory Group

        with a copy to:

                          Akin Gump Strauss Hauer & Feld LLP
                          1333 New Hampshire Ave, N.W.
                          Washington, D.C.  20036
                          Fax No.: (202) 887-4288
                          Attention: Bruce S. Mendelsohn, Esq.

                (3)       if to the Company, at its address as follows:

                          Tabletop Holdings, Inc.
                          c/o Merisant Company
                          One North Brentwood Boulevard, Suite 510
                          Clayton, Missouri 63105
                          Fax No.: (314) 657-1024
                          Attention:  Chairman

        with a copy to:

                          Tabletop Holdings, Inc.
                          c/o Merisant Company
                          10 South Riverside Plaza
                          Chicago, Illinois 60606

                                       15
<Page>

                          Fax No.: (312) 840-5541
                          Attention: Chief Financial Officer

                          and to:

                          Sidley Austin Brown & Wood LLP
                          Bank One Plaza
                          10 South Dearborn Street
                          Chicago, IL  60603
                          Fax No.: (312) 853-7036
                          Attention: Carol M. Lind, Esq.

        All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly
given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; three business
days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt
is acknowledged by recipient's facsimile machine operator, if sent by facsimile
transmission; and on the day delivered, if sent by overnight air courier
guaranteeing next day delivery.

        (e) THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARIES. The Holders shall be third party
beneficiaries to the agreements made hereunder between the Company, on the one
hand, and the Initial Purchasers, on the other hand, and shall have the right to
enforce such agreements directly to the extent they may deem such enforcement
necessary or advisable to protect their rights or the rights of Holders
hereunder.

        (f) SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS. This Agreement shall be binding upon the
Company and its successors and assigns.

        (g) COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in any number of
counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which
when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken
together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

        (h) HEADINGS. The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of
reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

        (i) GOVERNING Law. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES
OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS.

        (j) SEVERABILITY. If any one or more of the provisions contained herein,
or the application thereof in any circumstance, is held invalid, illegal or
unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision
in every other respect and of the remaining provisions contained herein shall
not be affected or impaired thereby.

        (k) SECURITIES HELD BY THE COMPANY. Whenever the consent or approval of
Holders of a specified percentage of principal amount of Securities is required
hereunder, Securities held by the Company or its affiliates (other than
subsequent Holders of Securities if such subsequent Holders are deemed to be
affiliates solely by reason of their holdings of such Securities) shall not be
counted in determining whether such consent or approval was given by the Holders
of such required percentage.

                                       16
<Page>

        If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our
agreement, please sign and return to the Company a counterpart hereof, whereupon
this instrument, along with all counterparts, will become a binding agreement
among the several Initial Purchasers and the Company in accordance with its
terms.

                                       Very truly yours,

                                       TABLETOP HOLDINGS, INC.

                                       By:
                                               /s/ Michael G. Nichols
                                            -----------------------------------
                                            Name: Michael G. Nichols
                                            Title: Secretary

The foregoing Registration
Rights Agreement is hereby confirmed
and accepted as of the date first
above written.

CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON LLC
JEFFERIES & COMPANY, INC.

By:  CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON LLC

By:
           /s/ Ed Yorke
        ---------------------------
        Name:    Ed Yorke
        Title:  Managing Director

                                       17
<Page>

                                                                         ANNEX A

        Each broker-dealer that receives Exchange Securities for its own account
pursuant to the Exchange Offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a
prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Securities. The Letter
of Transmittal states that by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a
broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the
meaning of the Securities Act. This Prospectus, as it may be amended or
supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection
with resales of Exchange Securities received in exchange for Initial Securities
where such Initial Securities were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of
market-making activities or other trading activities. The Company has agreed
that, for a period of 180 days after the Expiration Date (as defined herein), it
will make this Prospectus available to any broker-dealer for use in connection
with any such resale. See "Plan of Distribution."

                                       18
<Page>

                                                                         ANNEX B

        Each broker-dealer that receives Exchange Securities for its own account
in exchange for Initial Securities, where such Initial Securities were acquired
by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading
activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection
with any resale of such Exchange Securities. See "Plan of Distribution."

                                       19
<Page>

                                                                         ANNEX C

                              PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

        Each broker-dealer that receives Exchange Securities for its own account
pursuant to the Exchange Offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a
prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Securities. This
Prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used
by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of Exchange Securities received in
exchange for Initial Securities where such Initial Securities were acquired as a
result of market-making activities or other trading activities. The Company has
agreed that, for a period of 180 days after the Expiration Date, it will make
this prospectus, as amended or supplemented, available to any broker-dealer for
use in connection with any such resale. In addition, until      , 200 , all
dealers effecting transactions in the Exchange Securities may be required to
deliver a prospectus.(1)

        The Company will not receive any proceeds from any sale of Exchange
Securities by broker-dealers. Exchange Securities received by broker-dealers for
their own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be sold from time to time
in one or more transactions in the over-the-counter market, in negotiated
transactions, through the writing of options on the Exchange Securities or a
combination of such methods of resale, at market prices prevailing at the time
of resale, at prices related to such prevailing market prices or negotiated
prices. Any such resale may be made directly to purchasers or to or through
brokers or dealers who may receive compensation in the form of commissions or
concessions from any such broker-dealer or the purchasers of any such Exchange
Securities. Any broker-dealer that resells Exchange Securities that were
received by it for its own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer and any broker
or dealer that participates in a distribution of such Exchange Securities may be
deemed to be an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act and any
profit on any such resale of Exchange Securities and any commission or
concessions received by any such persons may be deemed to be underwriting
compensation under the Securities Act. The Letter of Transmittal states that, by
acknowledging that it will deliver and by delivering a prospectus, a
broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an "underwriter" within the
meaning of the Securities Act.

        For a period of 180 days after the Expiration Date the Company will
promptly send additional copies of this Prospectus and any amendment or
supplement to this Prospectus to any broker-dealer that requests such documents
in the Letter of Transmittal. The Company has agreed to pay all expenses
incident to the Exchange Offer (including the expenses of one counsel for the
Holders of the Securities) other than commissions or concessions of any brokers
or dealers and will indemnify the Holders of the Securities (including any
broker-dealers) against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the
Securities Act.

----------
(1) In addition, the legend required by Item 502(b) of Regulation S-K will
appear on the back cover page of the Exchange Offer prospectus.

                                       20
<Page>

                                                                         ANNEX D

/ / CHECK HERE IF YOU ARE A BROKER-DEALER AND WISH TO RECEIVE 10 ADDITIONAL
COPIES OF THE PROSPECTUS AND 10 COPIES OF ANY AMENDMENTS OR SUPPLEMENTS THERETO.

        Name:    __________________________________________________
        Address: __________________________________________________

If the undersigned is not a broker-dealer, the undersigned represents that it is
not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, a distribution of Exchange
Securities. If the undersigned is a broker-dealer that will receive Exchange
Securities for its own account in exchange for Initial Securities that were
acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, it
acknowledges that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of
such Exchange Securities; however, by so acknowledging and by delivering a
prospectus, the undersigned will not be deemed to admit that it is an
"underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act.

                                       21<Page>

                                                                     Exhibit 4.3

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                MERISANT COMPANY

                                     Issuer

                    9 1/2% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2013

                                 ---------------

                                    INDENTURE

                            Dated as of July 11, 2003

                                 ---------------

                WELLS FARGO BANK MINNESOTA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

                                     Trustee

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<Page>

                              CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

<Table>
<Caption>
TIA                                                                                                        Indenture
Section                                                                                                      Section
-------                                                                                                      -------
   <S>                                                                                                    <C>
     310(a)(1)    ......................................................................................  7.10
        (a)(2)    ......................................................................................  7.10
        (a)(3)    ......................................................................................  N.A.
        (a)(4)    ......................................................................................  N.A.
        (a)(5)    ......................................................................................  7.10
           (b)    ......................................................................................  7.08; 7.10
           (c)    ......................................................................................  N.A.
        311(a)    ......................................................................................  7.11
           (b)    ......................................................................................  7.11
           (c)    ......................................................................................  N.A.
        312(a)    ......................................................................................  2.05
           (b)    ......................................................................................  13.03
           (c)    ......................................................................................  13.03
        313(a)    ......................................................................................  7.06
        (b)(1)    ......................................................................................  N.A.
        (b)(2)    ......................................................................................  7.06
           (c)    ......................................................................................  13.02
           (d)    ......................................................................................  7.06
        314(a)    ......................................................................................  4.02; 4.11
           (b)    ......................................................................................  N.A.
        (c)(1)    ......................................................................................  13.04
        (c)(2)    ......................................................................................  13.04
        (c)(3)    ......................................................................................  N.A.
           (d)    ......................................................................................  N.A.
           (e)    ......................................................................................  13.05
           (f)    ......................................................................................  N.A.
        315(a)    ......................................................................................  7.01
           (b)    ......................................................................................  7.05; 13.02
           (c)    ......................................................................................  7.01
           (d)    ......................................................................................  7.01
           (e)    ......................................................................................  6.11
   316(a)(last    .....................................................................................   13.06
     sentence)
       (a)(1)(A)  ......................................................................................  6.05
       (a)(1)(B)  ......................................................................................  6.04
        (a)(2)    ......................................................................................  N.A.
           (b)    ......................................................................................  6.07
     317(a)(1)    ......................................................................................  6.08
        (a)(2)    ......................................................................................  6.09
           (b)    ......................................................................................  2.04
        318(a)    ......................................................................................  13.01
</Table>

N.A. means Not Applicable.

----------
Note:  This Cross-Reference Table shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be
part of this Indenture.

<Page>

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

<Table>
<Caption>
                                                                                    Page
                                                                                    ----
<S>                                                                                   <C>
                                        ARTICLE 1

                       DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

SECTION 1.01.     Certain Definitions................................................  1
SECTION 1.02.     Other Definitions.................................................. 34
SECTION 1.03.     Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act.................. 34
SECTION 1.04.     Rules of Construction. ............................................ 35

                                        ARTICLE 2

                                        THE NOTES

SECTION 2.01.     Form and Dating.................................................... 36
SECTION 2.02.     Execution and Authentication....................................... 36
SECTION 2.03.     Registrar and Paying Agent......................................... 37
SECTION 2.04.     Paying Agent To Hold Money in Trust................................ 37
SECTION 2.05.     Noteholder Lists................................................... 38
SECTION 2.06.     Transfer and Exchange.............................................. 38
SECTION 2.07.     Replacement Notes.................................................. 38
SECTION 2.08.     Outstanding Notes.................................................. 39
SECTION 2.09.     Temporary Notes. ...................................................39
SECTION 2.10.     Cancellation....................................................... 39
SECTION 2.11.     Defaulted Interest................................................. 40
SECTION 2.12.     CUSIP Numbers...................................................... 40
SECTION 2.13.     Additional Notes................................................... 40

                                        ARTICLE 3

                                       REDEMPTION

SECTION 3.01.     Notices to Trustee................................................. 41
SECTION 3.02.     Selection of Notes To Be Redeemed.................................. 41
SECTION 3.03.     Notice of Redemption. 42
SECTION 3.04.     Effect of Notice of Redemption..................................... 42
SECTION 3.05.     Deposit of Redemption Price........................................ 43
SECTION 3.06.     Notes Redeemed in Part............................................. 43

                                        ARTICLE 4

                                        COVENANTS

SECTION 4.01.     Payment of Notes................................................... 43
SECTION 4.02.     SEC Reports........................................................ 43
SECTION 4.03.     Compliance Certificate............................................. 44
</Table>

<Page>

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

<Table>
<Caption>
                                                                                    Page
                                                                                    ----
<S>                                                                                   <C>
SECTION 4.04.     Change of Control.................................................. 45
SECTION 4.05.     Limitation on Restricted Payments.................................. 47
SECTION 4.06.     Limitation on Indebtedness......................................... 50
SECTION 4.07.     Limitation on Liens................................................ 54
SECTION 4.08.     Anti-Layering...................................................... 54
SECTION 4.09.     Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions from Restricted
                  Subsidiaries....................................................... 54
SECTION 4.10.     Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock..................56
SECTION 4.11.     Limitation on Affiliate Transactions............................... 58
SECTION 4.12.     Guarantors......................................................... 60
SECTION 4.13.     Further Instruments and Acts....................................... 61

                                        ARTICLE 5

                                         MERGER

SECTION 5.01.     Merger and Consolidation........................................... 61

                                        ARTICLE 6

                                  DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

SECTION 6.01.     Events of Default.................................................. 63
SECTION 6.02.     Acceleration....................................................... 65
SECTION 6.03.     Other Remedies..................................................... 66
SECTION 6.04.     Waiver of Past Defaults............................................ 67
SECTION 6.05.     Control by Majority................................................ 67
SECTION 6.06.     Limitation on Suits................................................ 67
SECTION 6.07.     Rights of Holders to Receive Payment............................... 68
SECTION 6.08.     Collection Suit by Trustee......................................... 68
SECTION 6.09.     Trustee May File Proofs of Claim................................... 68
SECTION 6.10.     Priorities......................................................... 69
SECTION 6.11.     Undertaking for Costs.............................................. 69
SECTION 6.12.     Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws................................... 69

                                        ARTICLE 7

                                         TRUSTEE

SECTION 7.01.     Duties of Trustee.................................................. 70
SECTION 7.02.     Rights of Trustee.................................................. 71
SECTION 7.03.     Individual Rights of Trustee....................................... 72
SECTION 7.04.     Trustee's Disclaimer............................................... 72
SECTION 7.05.     Notice of Defaults................................................. 72
SECTION 7.06.     Reports by Trustee to Holders...................................... 72
SECTION 7.07.     Compensation and Indemnity......................................... 73
</Table>

<Page>

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

<Table>
<Caption>
                                                                                    Page
                                                                                    ----
<S>               <C>                                                                 <C>
SECTION 7.08.     Replacement of Trustee............................................. 74
SECTION 7.09.     Successor Trustee by Merger........................................ 75
SECTION 7.10.     Eligibility; Disqualification...................................... 75
SECTION 7.11.     Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company.................. 75

                                        ARTICLE 8

                           DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE

SECTION 8.01.     Discharge of Liability on Notes; Defeasance. .......................76
SECTION 8.02.     Conditions to Defeasance........................................... 77
SECTION 8.03.     Application of Trust Money......................................... 78
SECTION 8.04.     Repayment to Company............................................... 79
SECTION 8.05.     Indemnity for Government Obligations............................... 79
SECTION 8.06.     Reinstatement...................................................... 79

                                        ARTICLE 9

                                       AMENDMENTS

SECTION 9.01.     Without Consent of Holders......................................... 79
SECTION 9.02.     With Consent of Holders............................................ 80
SECTION 9.03.     Compliance with Trust Indenture Act................................ 82
SECTION 9.04.     Revocation and Effect of Consents and Waivers...................... 82
SECTION 9.05.     Notation on or Exchange of Notes................................... 83
SECTION 9.06.     Trustee To Sign Amendments......................................... 83
SECTION 9.07.     Payment for Consent................................................ 83

                                       ARTICLE 10

                                      SUBORDINATION

SECTION 10.01.    Agreement To Subordinate........................................... 83
SECTION 10.02.    Liquidation, Dissolution, Bankruptcy............................... 84
SECTION 10.03.    Default on Senior Indebtedness of the Company...................... 84
SECTION 10.04.    Acceleration of Payment of Notes................................... 85
SECTION 10.05.    When Distribution Must Be Paid Over................................ 86
SECTION 10.06.    Reinstatement of Senior Indebtedness............................... 86
SECTION 10.07.    Subrogation........................................................ 86
SECTION 10.08.    Relative Rights.................................................... 86
SECTION 10.09.    Subordination May Not Be Impaired by Company....................... 87
SECTION 10.10.    Rights of Trustee and Paying Agent................................. 87
</Table>

<Page>

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

<Table>
<Caption>
                                                                                    Page
                                                                                    ----
<S>               <C>                                                                <C>
SECTION 10.11.    Rights of Holders of Senior Indebtedness........................... 87
SECTION 10.12.    Distribution or Notice to Representative........................... 88
SECTION 10.13.    Article 10 Not To Prevent Events of Default or Limit Right To
                  Accelerate......................................................... 88
SECTION 10.14.    Trust Moneys Not Subordinated...................................... 88
SECTION 10.15.    Trustee Entitled To Rely........................................... 88
SECTION 10.16.    Trustee To Effectuate Subordination................................ 89
SECTION 10.17.    Trustee Not Fiduciary for Holders  of Senior Indebtedness of the
                  Company............................................................ 89
SECTION 10.18.    Reliance by Holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Company on
                  Subordination Provisions........................................... 89

                                       ARTICLE 11

                                       GUARANTIES

SECTION 11.01.    Guaranties......................................................... 90
SECTION 11.02.    Limitation on Liability............................................ 92
SECTION 11.03.    Successors and Assigns............................................. 93
SECTION 11.04.    No Waiver.......................................................... 93
SECTION 11.05.    Modification....................................................... 93
SECTION 11.06.    Release of Guarantor............................................... 93

                                       ARTICLE 12

                               SUBORDINATION OF GUARANTIES

SECTION 12.01.    Agreement To Subordinate........................................... 94
SECTION 12.02.    Liquidation, Dissolution, Bankruptcy............................... 94
SECTION 12.03.    Default on Senior Indebtedness of Guarantor. ...................... 94
SECTION 12.04.    Demand for Payment................................................. 96
SECTION 12.05.    When Distribution Must Be Paid Over................................ 96
SECTION 12.06.    Reinstatement of Senior Indebtedness............................... 96
SECTION 12.07.    Subrogation........................................................ 96
SECTION 12.08.    Relative Rights.................................................... 97
SECTION 12.09.    Subordination May Not Be Impaired by Guarantor..................... 97
SECTION 12.10.    Rights of Trustee and Paying Agent................................. 97
SECTION 12.11.    Rights of Holders of Senior Indebtedness........................... 98
SECTION 12.12.    Distribution or Notice to Representative........................... 98
SECTION 12.13.    Article 12 Not To Prevent Events of Default or Limit Right To
                  Demand Payment..................................................... 98
SECTION 12.14.    Trust Moneys Not Subordinated...................................... 99
SECTION 12.15.    Trustee Entitled To Rely........................................... 99
SECTION 12.16.    Trustee To Effectuate Subordination............................... 100
</Table>

<Page>

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

<Table>
<Caption>
                                                                                    Page
                                                                                    ----
<S>               <C>                                                                <C>
SECTION 12.17.    Trustee Not Fiduciary for Holders of Senior Indebtedness of
                  Guarantor......................................................... 100
SECTION 12.18.    Reliance by Holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Guarantors
                  on Subordination Provisions....................................... 100

                                       ARTICLE 13

                                      MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 13.01.    Trust Indenture Act Controls...................................... 100
SECTION 13.02.    Notices........................................................... 100
SECTION 13.03.    Communication by Holders with Other Holders. ..................... 102
SECTION 13.04.    Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent................ 102
SECTION 13.05.    Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion. ................... 102
SECTION 13.06.    When Notes Disregarded............................................ 103
SECTION 13.07.    Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar...................... 103
SECTION 13.08.    Legal Holidays.................................................... 103
SECTION 13.09.    Governing Law..................................................... 103
SECTION 13.10.    No Recourse Against Others........................................ 103
SECTION 13.11.    Successors........................................................ 104
SECTION 13.12.    Multiple Originals................................................ 104
SECTION 13.13.    Table of Contents; Headings....................................... 104
</Table>

APPENDIX A - Provisions Relating to Initial Notes, Private Exchange Notes and
Exchange Notes

     EXHIBIT 1 - Form of Initial Note

     EXHIBIT 2 - Form of Exchange Note or Private Exchange Note

<Page>

                                                                               1

          INDENTURE dated as of July 11, 2003, by and among Merisant
Company, a Delaware corporation (the "COMPANY"), the guarantors from time to
time parties hereto (the "GUARANTORS") and Wells Fargo Bank Minnesota, National
Association, as Trustee (the "TRUSTEE").

          Each party agrees as follows for the benefit of the other parties and
for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Company's Initial Notes,
Exchange Notes and Private Exchange Notes (collectively, the "NOTES"):

                                    ARTICLE 1

                   DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

          SECTION 1.01.  CERTAIN DEFINITIONS.

          "ADDITIONAL ASSETS" means:

          (1)  any property, plant or equipment used in a Related Business;

          (2)  the Capital Stock of a Person that becomes a Restricted
     Subsidiary as a result of the acquisition of such Capital Stock by the
     Company or another Restricted Subsidiary; or

          (3)  Capital Stock constituting a minority interest in any Person that
     at such time is a Restricted Subsidiary;

PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that any such Restricted Subsidiary described in clause (2)
or (3) above is primarily engaged in a Related Business.

          "ADDITIONAL NOTES" means, subject to Section 2.13 and subject to the
Company's compliance with Section 4.06, 9 1/2% Senior Subordinated Notes Due
2013 issued from time to time after the Issue Date under the terms of this
Indenture (other than pursuant to Section 2.06, 2.07, 2.09, 3.06 or 9.05 of this
Indenture and other than Exchange Notes or Private Exchange Notes issued
pursuant to an exchange offer for other Notes outstanding under this Indenture).

          "AFFILIATE" of any specified Person means any other Person, directly
or indirectly, controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common
control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition,
"CONTROL" when used with respect to any Person means the power to direct the

<Page>

                                                                               2

management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through
the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms
"CONTROLLING" and "CONTROLLED" have meanings correlative to the foregoing. For
purposes of Sections 4.05, 4.10 and 4.11 only, "AFFILIATE" shall also mean any
beneficial owner of Capital Stock representing 5% or more of the total voting
power of the Voting Stock (on a fully diluted basis) of the Company or of rights
or warrants to purchase such Capital Stock (whether or not currently
exercisable)and any Person who would be an Affiliate of any such beneficial
owner pursuant to the first sentence hereof.

          "APPLICABLE PREMIUM" means, with respect to a Note at the Change of
Control Redemption Date, the greater of (i) 1.0% of the principal amount of such
Note, and (ii) the excess of (A) the present value at such time of (1) the
redemption price of such Note at the First Call Date (such redemption price
being described in Section 5 of the Notes) plus (2) all required interest
payments due on such Note through the First Call Date computed using a discount
rate equal to the Treasury Rate plus 0.50% per annum, over (B) the principal
amount of such Note.

          "ASSET DISPOSITION" means any sale, lease, issuance, transfer or other
disposition (or series of related sales, leases, issuances, transfers or
dispositions) by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, including any
disposition by means of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction (each
referred to for the purposes of this definition as a "DISPOSITION"), of:

          (1)  any shares of Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary (other
     than directors' qualifying shares or shares required by applicable law to
     be held by a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary);

          (2)  all or substantially all the assets of any division or line of
     business of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; or

          (3)  any other assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary
     outside of the ordinary course of business of the Company or such
     Restricted Subsidiary.

          Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following shall be deemed not to be
Asset Dispositions:

          (A)  a disposition to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary;

<Page>

                                                                               3

          (B)  for purposes of Section 4.10 only, (i) a disposition that
               constitutes a Restricted Payment permitted by Section 4.05 or a
               Permitted Investment and (ii) a transaction governed by, and
               consummated in compliance with, Section 5.01;

          (C)  the granting of a Lien;

          (D)  for purposes of Section 4.10 only, any commercially reasonable
               foreclosure on a Lien on assets; PROVIDED, that an amount equal
               to the Net Available Cash, if any, to the Company and its
               Restricted Subsidiaries from such foreclosure are applied in
               accordance with Section 4.10(a)(3);

          (E)  dispositions of Receivables Assets to a Receivables Subsidiary
               for the fair market value of those assets, less amounts required
               to be established as reserves and customary discounts pursuant to
               contractual agreements with entities that are not Affiliates of
               the Company entered into as part of a Qualified Receivables
               Transaction, if at least 75% of the consideration for such
               disposition would constitute cash or cash equivalents for
               purposes of Section 4.10(a)(2);

          (F)  dispositions of Receivables Assets by a Receivables Subsidiary in
               a Qualified Receivables Transaction;

          (G)  issuances of Capital Stock by a Receivables Subsidiary in
               connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction;

          (H)  dispositions of obsolete, damaged or worn out equipment no longer
               used or useful to the business of the Company and its Restricted
               Subsidiaries; and

          (I)  a disposition of assets with a fair market value of less than
               $1.0 million.

          "ATTRIBUTABLE DEBT" in respect of a Sale/Leaseback Transaction means,
as at the time of determination, the present value (discounted at the interest
rate borne by the Notes, compounded semi-annually) of the total obligations of
the lessee for rental payments during the remaining term of the lease

<Page>

                                                                               4

included in such Sale/Leaseback Transaction (including any period for which such
lease has been extended); PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if such Sale/Leaseback
Transaction results in a Capital Lease Obligation, the amount of Indebtedness
represented thereby will be determined in accordance with the definition of
"Capital Lease Obligation."

          "AVERAGE LIFE" means, as of the date of determination, with respect to
any Indebtedness, the quotient obtained by dividing:

          (1)  the sum of the products of the numbers of years from the date of
     determination to the dates of each successive scheduled principal payment
     of or redemption or similar payment with respect to such Indebtedness
     multiplied by the amount of such payment, by

          (2)  the sum of all such payments.

          "BANK INDEBTEDNESS" means all Obligations pursuant to the Credit
Agreement.

          "BOARD OF DIRECTORS" with respect to a Person means the board of
directors of such Person or any committee thereof duly authorized to act on
behalf of such board, and unless specified to the contrary or inappropriate in
the context, refers to the Board of Directors of the Company.

          "BUSINESS DAY" means each day which is not a Legal Holiday.

          "CAPITAL LEASE OBLIGATION" means an obligation that is required to be
classified and accounted for as a capital lease for financial reporting purposes
in accordance with GAAP, and the amount of Indebtedness represented by such
obligation shall be the capitalized amount of such obligation determined in
accordance with GAAP; and the Stated Maturity thereof shall be the date of the
last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to the first
date upon which such lease may be terminated by the lessee without payment of a
penalty.

          "CAPITAL STOCK" of any Person means any and all shares, interests,
rights to purchase, warrants, options, participations or other equivalents of or
interests in (however designated) equity of such Person, including any Preferred
Stock, but excluding any debt securities convertible into such equity.

<Page>

                                                                               5

          "CHANGE OF CONTROL" means the occurrence of any of the following
events:

          (1)  prior to the first public offering of common stock of Parent,
     Holdings or the Company, (A) the Permitted Holders cease to be the
     "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange
     Act), directly or indirectly, of a majority in the aggregate of the total
     voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company, whether as a result of
     issuance of securities of Holdings or the Company, any merger,
     consolidation, liquidation or dissolution of the Company, or otherwise, or
     (B) Pegasus Partners II, L.P. and its Related Parties cease to have the
     right or ability, by voting power, contract or otherwise, to elect or
     designate for election a majority of the managers or directors of Parent
     (for purposes of this clause (1) and clause (2) below, the Permitted
     Holders shall be deemed to beneficially own any Voting Stock of a Person
     (the "SPECIFIED PERSON") held by any other Person (the "PARENT ENTITY") so
     long as the Permitted Holders beneficially own (as so defined), directly or
     indirectly, in the aggregate a majority of the voting power of the Voting
     Stock of the parent entity);

          (2)  any "person" (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of
     the Exchange Act), other than one or more Permitted Holders, is or becomes
     the beneficial owner (as defined in clause (1) above, except that for
     purposes of this clause (2) such person shall be deemed to have "beneficial
     ownership" of all shares that any such person has the right to acquire,
     whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of
     time), directly or indirectly, of more than 35% of the total voting power
     of the Voting Stock of the Company; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Permitted
     Holders beneficially own (as defined in clause (1) above), directly or
     indirectly, in the aggregate a lesser percentage of the total voting power
     of the Voting Stock of the Company than such other person and do not have
     the right or ability by voting power, contract or otherwise to elect or
     designate for election a majority of the Board of Directors of the Company
     (for the purposes of this clause (2), such other person shall be deemed to
     beneficially own any Voting Stock of a specified person held by a parent
     entity, if such other person is the beneficial owner (as defined in this
     clause (2)), directly or indirectly, of more than 35% of the voting power
     of the Voting Stock of such parent entity and the Permitted

<Page>

                                                                               6

     Holders beneficially own (as defined in clause (1) above), directly or
     indirectly, in the aggregate a lesser percentage of the voting power of the
     Voting Stock of such parent entity and do not have the right or ability by
     voting power, contract or otherwise to elect or designate for election a
     majority of the board of directors of such parent entity);

          (3)  individuals who on the Issue Date constituted the Board of
     Directors of the Company or, so long as Holdings owns a majority of the
     total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company, the Holdings Board
     (together with any new directors whose election by such Board of Directors
     of the Company or the Holdings Board or whose nomination for election by
     the shareholders of the Company or Holdings, as the case may be, was
     approved by a vote of a majority of the directors of the Company or of
     Holdings, as the case may be, then still in office who were either
     directors on the Issue Date or whose election or nomination for election
     was previously so approved or whose election was approved by the Permitted
     Holders) cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the Board of
     Directors of the Company or the Holdings Board then in office;

          (4)  the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation or dissolution
     of the Company; or

          (5)  the merger or consolidation of Parent, Holdings or the Company
     with or into another Person or the merger of another Person with or into
     Parent, Holdings or the Company, or the sale of all or substantially all
     the assets of Holdings or the Company (determined on a consolidated basis)
     to another Person (other than, in all such cases, a Person that is
     controlled by the Permitted Holders), other than a transaction following
     which (A) in the case of a merger or consolidation transaction, holders of
     securities that represented 100% of the Voting Stock of Parent, Holdings or
     the Company, as appropriate, immediately prior to such transaction (or
     other securities into which such securities are converted as part of such
     merger or consolidation transaction) own directly or indirectly at least a
     majority of the voting power of the Voting Stock of the surviving Person in
     such merger or consolidation transaction immediately after such transaction
     and in substantially the same proportion as before the transaction and (B)
     in the case of a sale of assets transaction, the transferee Person becomes
     the obligor in respect of the Notes and a Subsidiary of the transferor of
     such assets;

<Page>

                                                                               7

     PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that it shall not constitute a Change of Control under
     this clause (5) if, after giving effect to such transaction, the Permitted
     Holders beneficially own (as defined in clause (1) above) a majority or
     more of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the surviving Person
     in such transaction immediately after such transaction.

          "CODE" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

          "COMMON STOCK" of any Person means Capital Stock of such Person that
does not rank senior in any respect to, and does not have any preference or
priority over, any shares of Capital Stock of any other class of such Person,
including with respect to the payment of dividends or the distribution of assets
upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of such
Person.

          "COMPANY" means the party named as such in this Indenture until a
successor replaces it and, thereafter, means the successor and, for purposes of
any provision contained herein and required by the TIA, each other obligor on
the indenture securities.

          "CONSOLIDATED COVERAGE RATIO" as of any date of determination means
the ratio of (x) the aggregate amount of EBITDA for the period of the most
recent four consecutive fiscal quarters ending at least 45 days prior to the
date of such determination to (y) Consolidated Interest Expense for such four
fiscal quarters; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that:

          (1)  if the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary has Incurred any
     Indebtedness since the beginning of such period that remains outstanding or
     if the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated
     Coverage Ratio is an Incurrence of Indebtedness, or both, then EBITDA and
     Consolidated Interest Expense for such period shall be calculated after
     giving effect on a PRO FORMA basis to such Indebtedness and the use of
     proceeds thereof as if such Indebtedness had been Incurred on the first day
     of such period and such proceeds had been applied as of such date;

          (2)  if the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary has repaid,
     repurchased, defeased or otherwise discharged any Indebtedness since the
     beginning of such period or if any Indebtedness is to be repaid,
     repurchased, defeased or

<Page>

                                                                               8

     otherwise discharged (in each case other than Indebtedness Incurred under
     any revolving credit facility unless such Indebtedness has been permanently
     repaid and has not been replaced) on the date of the transaction giving
     rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Coverage Ratio, then EBITDA
     and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period shall be calculated on a
     PRO FORMA basis as if such discharge had occurred on the first day of such
     period and as if the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary had not earned
     the interest income actually earned, if any, during such period in respect
     of cash or Temporary Cash Investments used to repay, repurchase, defease or
     otherwise discharge such Indebtedness;

          (3)  if, since the beginning of such period, the Company or any
     Restricted Subsidiary shall have made any Asset Disposition, then EBITDA
     for such period shall be reduced by an amount equal to EBITDA (if positive)
     directly attributable to the assets which were the subject of such Asset
     Disposition for such period, or increased by an amount equal to EBITDA (if
     negative) directly attributable thereto for such period, and Consolidated
     Interest Expense for such period shall be reduced by an amount equal to the
     Consolidated Interest Expense directly attributable to any Indebtedness of
     the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary repaid, repurchased, defeased or
     otherwise discharged with respect to the Company and its continuing
     Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such Asset Disposition for such
     period (or, if the Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary is sold, the
     Consolidated Interest Expense for such period directly attributable to the
     Indebtedness of such Restricted Subsidiary to the extent the Company and
     its continuing Restricted Subsidiaries are no longer liable for such
     Indebtedness after such sale);

          (4)  if, since the beginning of such period, the Company or any
     Restricted Subsidiary (by merger or otherwise) shall have made an
     Investment in any Restricted Subsidiary (or any Person which becomes a
     Restricted Subsidiary) or an acquisition of material assets, then EBITDA
     and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period shall be calculated after
     giving PRO FORMA effect thereto (including the Incurrence of any
     Indebtedness) as if such Investment or acquisition had occurred on the
     first day of such period; and

          (5)  if, since the beginning of such period, any Person (that
     subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or

<Page>

                                                                               9

     was merged with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary since the
     beginning of such period) shall have made any Asset Disposition, any
     Investment or acquisition of assets that would have required an adjustment
     pursuant to clause (3) or (4) above if made by the Company or a Restricted
     Subsidiary during such period, then EBITDA and Consolidated Interest
     Expense for such period shall be calculated after giving PRO FORMA effect
     thereto as if such Asset Disposition, Investment or acquisition had
     occurred on the first day of such period.

For purposes of this definition, whenever PRO FORMA effect is to be given to an
acquisition of assets, the amount of income or earnings relating thereto and the
amount of Consolidated Interest Expense associated with any Indebtedness
Incurred in connection therewith, the PRO FORMA calculations shall be determined
in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting Officer of the Company.

          If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being
given PRO FORMA effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as
if the rate in effect on the date of determination had been the applicable rate
for the entire period (taking into account any Interest Rate Agreement
applicable to such Indebtedness, but if the remaining term of such Interest Rate
Agreement is less than twelve months, then such Interest Rate Agreement shall
only be taken into account for that portion of the period equal to the remaining
term thereof).

          The Consolidated Interest Expense attributable to interest on any
Indebtedness under a revolving credit facility the outstanding principal balance
of which is required to be computed on a PRO FORMA basis in accordance with the
foregoing shall be computed based on the average daily balance of such
Indebtedness during the applicable period, PROVIDED, that such average daily
balance shall take into account the amount of any repayment of Indebtedness
under such revolving credit facility during the applicable period, to the extent
such repayment permanently reduced the commitments or amounts available to be
borrowed under such facility.

          "CONSOLIDATED INTEREST EXPENSE" means, for any period, the total
interest expense of the Company and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries,
PLUS, to the extent not included in such total interest expense, and to the
extent incurred by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries, without
duplication:

<Page>

                                                                              10

          (1)  interest expense attributable to capital leases and the interest
     expense attributable to leases constituting part of a Sale/Leaseback
     Transaction;

          (2)  amortization of debt discount and debt issuance cost;

          (3)  capitalized interest;

          (4)  non-cash interest expense;

          (5)  commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with
     respect to letters of credit and bankers' acceptance financing;

          (6)  net payments pursuant to Hedging Obligations;

          (7)  Preferred Stock dividends in respect of all Preferred Stock held
     by Persons other than the Company or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary (other than
     dividends payable solely in Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock)
     of the Company); PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that such dividends will be multiplied
     by a fraction of the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which
     is one minus the effective combined tax rate of the issuer of such
     Preferred Stock (expressed as a decimal) for such period (as estimated by
     the chief financial officer of the Company in good faith);

          (8)  interest incurred in connection with Investments in discontinued
     operations;

          (9)  interest accruing on any Indebtedness of any other Person to the
     extent such Indebtedness is Guaranteed by (or secured by the assets of) the
     Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; and

          (10) the cash contributions to any employee stock ownership plan or
     similar trust to the extent such contributions are used by such plan or
     trust to pay interest or fees to any Person (other than the Company) in
     connection with Indebtedness Incurred by such plan or trust.

          "CONSOLIDATED NET INCOME" means, for any period, the net income of the
Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that there shall
not be included in such Consolidated Net Income:

<Page>

                                                                              11

          (1)  any net income of any Person (other than the Company) if such
     Person is not a Restricted Subsidiary, except that:

               (A)  subject to the exclusion contained in clause (4) below, the
          Company's equity in the net income of any such Person for such period
          shall be included in such Consolidated Net Income in an amount equal
          to the aggregate amount of cash actually distributed by such Person
          during such period to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary as a
          dividend or other distribution (subject, in the case of a dividend or
          other distribution paid to a Restricted Subsidiary, to the limitations
          contained in clause (3) below); and

               (B)  the Company's equity in a net loss of any such Person for
          such period shall be included in determining such Consolidated Net
          Income;

          (2)  any net income (or loss) of any Person acquired by the Company or
     a Subsidiary in a pooling of interests transaction for any period prior to
     the date of such acquisition;

          (3)  any net income of any Restricted Subsidiary if such Restricted
     Subsidiary is subject to restrictions, directly or indirectly, on the
     payment of dividends or the making of distributions by such Restricted
     Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, to the Company, except that:

               (A)  subject to the exclusion contained in clause (4) below, the
          net income of any such Restricted Subsidiary for such period shall be
          included in such Consolidated Net Income in an amount equal to the
          aggregate amount of cash actually distributed by such Restricted
          Subsidiary during such period to the Company or another Restricted
          Subsidiary as a dividend or other distribution (subject, in the case
          of a dividend or other distribution paid to another Restricted
          Subsidiary, to the limitation contained in this clause); and

               (B)  the net loss of any such Restricted Subsidiary for such
          period shall be included in determining such Consolidated Net Income;

          (4)  any gain (but not loss) realized upon the sale or other
     disposition of any assets of the Company, its

<Page>

                                                                              12

     consolidated Subsidiaries or any other Person (including pursuant to any
     sale-and-leaseback arrangement) which is not sold or otherwise disposed of
     in the ordinary course of business and any gain (but not loss) realized
     upon the sale or other disposition of any Capital Stock of any Person;

          (5)  extraordinary gains or losses;

          (6)  the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles; and

          (7)  any unrealized non-cash gain or loss in respect of Currency
     Agreements.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the purposes of Section 4.05 only, there
shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income any repurchases, repayments or
redemptions of Investments, proceeds realized on the sale of Investments or
return of capital to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to the extent such
repurchases, repayments, redemptions, proceeds or returns increase the amount of
Restricted Payments permitted under Section 4.05(a)(3)(D).

          "CONSOLIDATED TANGIBLE ASSETS" means, as of any date, the amount
which, in accordance with GAAP, would be set forth under the caption "Total
Assets" (or any like caption) on the most recent quarterly consolidated balance
sheet of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, less all intangible
assets, including, without limitation, goodwill, organization costs, patents,
trademarks, copyrights, franchises, and research and development costs.

          "CREDIT AGREEMENT" means the Credit Agreement to be dated as of July
11, 2003, by and among the Company, the lenders referred to therein, and Credit
Suisse First Boston LLC, as administrative agent, together with the related
documents thereto (including all promissory notes, guarantees and security
documents), as amended, extended, renewed, restated, supplemented or otherwise
modified (in whole or in part, and without limitation as to amount, terms,
conditions, covenants and other provisions) from time to time, and any agreement
(and related document) governing Indebtedness incurred to Refinance, in whole or
in part, the borrowings and commitments then outstanding or permitted to be
outstanding under such Credit Agreement or a successor Credit Agreement, whether
by the same or any other lender or group of lenders.

<Page>

                                                                              13

          "CREDIT FACILITIES" means, with respect to the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary, one or more debt facilities (including the Credit
Agreement) or commercial paper facilities with banks or other institutional
lenders providing revolving credit loans, term loans, receivables financing
(including through the sale of receivables) or letters of credit, in each case,
as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced in
whole or in part from time to time.

          "CURRENCY AGREEMENT" means in respect of a Person any foreign exchange
contract, currency swap agreement or other similar agreement designed to protect
such Person against fluctuations in currency values.

          "DEFAULT" means any event which is, or after notice or passage of time
or both would be, an Event of Default.

          "DESIGNATED SENIOR INDEBTEDNESS" with respect to a Person means:

          (1)  the Bank Indebtedness; and

          (2)  any other Senior Indebtedness of such Person which, at the date
     of determination, has an aggregate principal amount outstanding of, or
     under which, at the date of determination, the holders thereof are
     committed to lend up to, at least $25.0 million and is specifically
     designated by such Person in the instrument evidencing or governing such
     Senior Indebtedness as "Designated Senior Indebtedness" for purposes of
     this Indenture.

          "DISQUALIFIED STOCK" means, with respect to any Person, any Capital
Stock which by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is
convertible or for which it is exchangeable at the option of the holder) or upon
the happening of any event:

          (1)  matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than redeemable only
     for Capital Stock of such Person which is not itself Disqualified Stock)
     pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise;

          (2)  is convertible or exchangeable at the option of the holder for
     Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock; or

          (3)  is mandatorily redeemable or must be purchased upon the
     occurrence of certain events or otherwise, in whole or in part;

<Page>

                                                                              14

in each case on or prior to the date that is 91 days after the Stated Maturity
of the Notes; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that any Capital Stock that would not
constitute Disqualified Stock but for provisions thereof giving holders thereof
the right to require such Person to purchase or redeem such Capital Stock upon
the occurrence of an "asset sale" or "change of control" occurring prior to the
first anniversary of the Stated Maturity of the Notes shall not constitute
Disqualified Stock if:

          (1)  the "asset sale" or "change of control" provisions applicable to
     such Capital Stock are not more favorable to the holders of such Capital
     Stock than the terms applicable to the Notes and described in Sections 4.04
     and 4.10; and

          (2)  any such requirement only becomes operative after compliance with
     such terms applicable to the Notes, including the purchase of any Notes
     tendered pursuant thereto.

          The amount of any Disqualified Stock that does not have a fixed
redemption, repayment or repurchase price will be calculated in accordance with
the terms of such Disqualified Stock as if such Disqualified Stock were
redeemed, repaid or repurchased on any date on which the amount of such
Disqualified Stock is to be determined pursuant to this Indenture; PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, that if such Disqualified Stock could not be required to be redeemed,
repaid or repurchased at the time of such determination, the redemption,
repayment or repurchase price will be the book value of such Disqualified Stock
as reflected in the most recent financial statements of such Person.

          "DOMESTIC SUBSIDIARY" means any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a
Foreign Subsidiary.

          "EBITDA" for any period means the sum of Consolidated Net Income, plus
the following to the extent deducted in calculating such Consolidated Net
Income:

          (1)  all income tax expense of the Company and its consolidated
     Restricted Subsidiaries;

          (2)  Consolidated Interest Expense;

          (3)  depreciation and amortization expense of the Company and its
     consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries (excluding amortization expense
     attributable to a prepaid

<Page>

                                                                              15

     operating activity item that was paid in cash in a prior period); and

          (4)  all other non-cash charges of the Company and its consolidated
     Restricted Subsidiaries (excluding any such non-cash charge to the extent
     that it represents an accrual of or reserve for cash expenditures in any
     future period);

     in each case for such period.

          Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provision for taxes based on the
income or profits of, and the depreciation and amortization and non-cash charges
of, a Restricted Subsidiary shall be added to Consolidated Net Income to compute
EBITDA only to the extent (and in the same proportion, including by reason of
minority interests) that the net income of such Restricted Subsidiary was
included in calculating Consolidated Net Income and only if a corresponding
amount would be permitted at the date of determination to be dividended to the
Company by such Restricted Subsidiary without prior approval (that has not been
obtained), pursuant to the terms of its charter and all agreements, instruments,
judgments, decrees, orders, statutes, rules and governmental regulations
applicable to such Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders.

          "ESOP" means any employee stock ownership plan or a trust established
by Parent or any of its Subsidiaries for the benefit of their employees.

          "EXCHANGE ACT" means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended.

          "FIRST CALL DATE" means July 15, 2008.

          "FOREIGN REQUIRED MINORITY SHARES" means Capital Stock of a Foreign
Subsidiary that is required by the applicable laws and regulations of such
foreign jurisdiction to be owned by the government of such foreign jurisdiction
or individual or corporate citizens of such foreign jurisdiction in order for
such Foreign Subsidiary to transact business in such foreign jurisdiction.

          "FOREIGN SUBSIDIARY" means any Restricted Subsidiary that (1) is not
organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District
of Columbia and (2) conducts substantially all of its business operations
outside of the United States. For purposes of this definition, Puerto Rico shall
be deemed not to be a part of the United States so long as

<Page>

                                                                              16

a Puerto Rican corporation is treated as a foreign corporation under Section
7701 of the Code.

          "GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles in the United
States of America as in effect as of the Issue Date, including those set forth
in:

          (1)  the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles
     Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants;

          (2)  statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting
     Standards Board;

          (3)  such other statements by such other entity as approved by a
     significant segment of the accounting profession; and

          (4)  the rules and regulations of the SEC governing the inclusion of
     financial statements (including PRO FORMA financial statements) in periodic
     reports required to be filed pursuant to Section 13 of the Exchange Act,
     including opinions and pronouncements in staff accounting bulletins and
     similar written statements from the accounting staff of the SEC.

          "GUARANTEE" means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of any
Person directly or indirectly guaranteeing any Indebtedness of any Person and
any obligation, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, of such Person:

          (1)  to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase
     or payment of) such Indebtedness of such Person (whether arising by virtue
     of partnership arrangements, or by agreements to keep-well, to purchase
     assets, goods, securities or services, to take-or-pay or to maintain
     financial statement conditions or otherwise); or

          (2)  entered into for the purpose of assuring in any other manner the
     obligee of such Indebtedness of the payment thereof or to protect such
     obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part);

PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the term "GUARANTEE" shall not include endorsements for
collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business. The term "GUARANTEE"
used as a verb has a corresponding meaning.

<Page>

                                                                              17

          "GUARANTOR" means each Subsidiary of the Company that executes this
Indenture as a guarantor and each other Subsidiary of the Company that
thereafter guarantees the Notes pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, in each
case unless and until such Subsidiary is released from its obligations under its
Guaranty pursuant to the terms of this Indenture.

          "GUARANTY" means a Guarantee by a Guarantor of the Company's
Obligations with respect to the Notes.

          "HEDGING OBLIGATIONS" of any Person means the obligations of such
Person pursuant to any Interest Rate Agreement or Currency Agreement.

          "HOLDER" or "NOTEHOLDER" means the Person in whose name a Note is
registered on the Registrar's books.

          "HOLDINGS" means Tabletop Holdings, Inc. and each other Person, if
any, that is both (1) a Subsidiary of Parent and (2) a Person whose Subsidiaries
include the Company.

          "HOLDINGS BOARD" means the Board of Directors of Holdings.

          "INCUR" means issue, assume, Guarantee, incur or otherwise become
liable for; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that any Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a
Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (whether
by merger, consolidation, acquisition or otherwise) shall be deemed to be
Incurred by such Person at the time it becomes a Restricted Subsidiary. The term
"INCURRENCE" when used as a noun shall have a correlative meaning. Solely for
purposes of determining compliance with Section 4.06, (1) amortization of debt
discount or the accretion of principal with respect to a non-interest bearing or
other discount security, (2) the payment of regularly scheduled interest in the
form of additional Indebtedness of the same instrument or the payment of
regularly scheduled dividends on Capital Stock in the form of additional Capital
Stock of the same class and with the same terms, and (3) unrealized losses or
charges in respect of Hedging Obligations (including those resulting from the
application of FAS 133), in each case will be deemed not to be Incurrences of
Indebtedness.

          "INDEBTEDNESS" means, with respect to any Person on any date of
determination (without duplication):

          (1) the principal in respect of (A) indebtedness of such Person for
     money borrowed and (B) indebtedness

<Page>

                                                                              18

     evidenced by notes, debentures, bonds or other similar instruments for the
     payment of which such Person is responsible or liable, including, in each
     case, any premium on such indebtedness to the extent such premium has
     become due and payable;

          (2)  all Capital Lease Obligations of such Person and all Attributable
     Debt in respect of Sale/Leaseback Transactions entered into by such Person;

          (3)  all obligations of such Person issued or assumed as the deferred
     purchase price of property, all conditional sale obligations of such Person
     and all obligations of such Person under any title retention agreement (but
     excluding trade accounts payable arising in the ordinary course of
     business);

          (4)  all obligations of such Person for the reimbursement of any
     obligor on any letter of credit, banker's acceptance or similar credit
     transaction (other than obligations with respect to letters of credit
     issued otherwise than under the Credit Agreement securing obligations
     (other than obligations described in clauses (1) through (3) above) entered
     into in the ordinary course of business of such Person to the extent such
     letters of credit are not drawn upon or, if and to the extent drawn upon,
     such drawing is reimbursed no later than the tenth Business Day following
     payment on the letter of credit);

          (5)  the amount of all obligations of such Person with respect to the
     redemption, repayment or other repurchase of any Disqualified Stock of such
     Person or, with respect to any Preferred Stock of any Subsidiary of such
     Person, the principal amount of such Preferred Stock to be determined in
     accordance with this Indenture (but excluding, in each case, any accrued
     dividends);

          (6)  all obligations of the types referred to in clauses (1) through
     (5) of other Persons and all dividends of other Persons for the payment of
     which, in either case, such Person is responsible or liable, directly or
     indirectly, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, including by means of any
     Guarantee;

          (7)  all obligations of the types referred to in clauses (1) through
     (6) of other Persons secured by any Lien on any property or asset of such
     Person (whether or not such obligation is assumed by such Person), the
     amount

<Page>

                                                                              19

     of such obligation being deemed to be the lesser of the value of such
     property or assets and the amount of the obligation so secured; and

          (8)  to the extent not otherwise included in this definition, Hedging
     Obligations of such Person.

          The amount of Indebtedness of any Person at any date shall be the
outstanding balance at such date of all unconditional obligations as described
above and the maximum liability, upon the occurrence of the contingency giving
rise to the obligation, of any contingent obligations at such date; PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, that in the case of Indebtedness sold at a discount, the amount of such
Indebtedness at any time will be the accreted value thereof at such time.

          "INDENTURE" means this Indenture as amended or supplemented from time
to time.

          "INDEPENDENT QUALIFIED PARTY" means an investment banking firm,
accounting firm or appraisal firm of national standing; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that
such firm is not an Affiliate of the Company.

          "INTEREST RATE AGREEMENT" means, in respect of a Person, any interest
rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement or other financial agreement or
arrangement designed to reduce such Person's interest expense or protect such
Person against fluctuations in interest rates.

          "INVESTMENT" in any Person means any direct or indirect advance, loan
(other than advances to customers in the ordinary course of business that are
recorded as accounts receivable on the balance sheet of the lender) or other
extensions of credit (including by way of Guarantee or similar arrangement) or
capital contribution to (by means of any transfer of cash or other property to
others or any payment for property or services for the account or use of
others), or any purchase or acquisition of Capital Stock, Indebtedness or other
similar instruments issued by such Person. Except as otherwise provided for
herein, the amount of an Investment shall be its fair value at the time the
Investment is made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value.

For purposes of the definition of "Unrestricted Subsidiary," the definition of
"Restricted Payment" and Section 4.05:

<Page>

                                                                              20

          (1)  "INVESTMENT" shall include the portion (proportionate to the
     Company's equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of
     the net assets of any Subsidiary of the Company at the time that such
     Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; and

          (2)  any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary
     shall be valued at its fair market value at the time of such transfer, in
     each case as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

          "ISSUE DATE" means July 11, 2003.

          "LIEN" means any mortgage, pledge, security interest, encumbrance,
lien or charge of any kind (including any conditional sale or other title
retention agreement or lease in the nature thereof).

          "MOODY'S" means Moody's Investors Service, Inc.

          "MSD" means MSD Capital, L.P., its Related Parties, and any other
Person to the extent MSD Capital, L.P. makes all relevant investment decisions
for such Person.

          "NET AVAILABLE CASH" from an Asset Disposition means cash payments
received therefrom (including any cash payments received by way of deferred
payment of principal pursuant to a note or installment receivable or otherwise
and proceeds from the sale or other disposition of any securities received as
consideration, but only as and when received, but excluding any other
consideration received in the form of assumption by the acquiring Person of
Indebtedness or other obligations relating to such properties or assets or
received in any other non-cash form), in each case net of:

          (1)  all legal, title and recording tax expenses, commissions and
     other fees and expenses incurred, and all Federal, state, provincial,
     foreign and local taxes required to be accrued as a liability under GAAP,
     as a consequence of such Asset Disposition;

          (2)  all payments made on any Indebtedness which is secured by any
     assets subject to such Asset Disposition, in accordance with the terms of
     any Lien upon or other security agreement of any kind with respect to such
     assets, or which must by its terms, or in order to obtain a necessary
     consent to such Asset Disposition, or by

<Page>

                                                                              21

     applicable law, be repaid out of the proceeds from such Asset Disposition;

          (3)  all distributions and other payments required to be made to
     minority interest holders in Restricted Subsidiaries as a result of such
     Asset Disposition; and

          (4)  the deduction of appropriate amounts provided by the seller as a
     reserve, in accordance with GAAP, against any liabilities associated with
     the property or other assets disposed in such Asset Disposition and
     retained by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary after such Asset
     Disposition.

          "NET CASH PROCEEDS" means, with respect to any issuance or sale of
Capital Stock, the cash proceeds of such issuance or sale net of attorneys'
fees, accountants' fees, underwriters' or placement agents' fees, discounts or
commissions and brokerage, consultant and other fees actually incurred in
connection with such issuance or sale and net of taxes paid or payable as a
result thereof.

          "NOTES" has the meaning set forth in the second paragraph of this
Indenture.

          "OBLIGATIONS" means all obligations for principal, premium, interest
penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements and other amounts payable.

          "OFFERING CIRCULAR" means the Confidential Offering Circular dated
July 7, 2003 issued by the Company in relation to $225,000,000 aggregate
principal amount of 9 1/2% Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2013 to be issued on
the Issue Date.

          "OFFICER" means the Chairman of the Board, the President, any Vice
President, the Treasurer or the Secretary of the Company.

          "OFFICERS' CERTIFICATE" means a certificate signed by two Officers.

          "OPINION OF COUNSEL" means a written opinion from legal counsel who is
reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or
counsel to the Company or the Trustee.

          "PARENT" means Tabletop Holdings, LLC.

<Page>

                                                                              22

          "PERMITTED CLOSING DATE PAYMENT" means the payment by the Company of
one or more dividends to Holdings on the Issue Date or promptly thereafter in an
aggregate amount of up to $197.0 million in cash.

          "PERMITTED HOLDERS" means (i) Pegasus Partners II, L.P., (ii) MSD,
(iii) Carolwood Tabletop Holdings, LLC, and (iv) any Related Party of any of the
foregoing.

          "PERMITTED INVESTMENT" means an Investment by the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary in:

     (1)  the Company, a Wholly Controlled Subsidiary or a Person that will,
          upon the making of such Investment, become a Wholly Controlled
          Subsidiary; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the primary business of such
          Wholly Controlled Subsidiary is a Related Business;

     (2)  another Person if as a result of such Investment such other Person is
          merged or consolidated with or into, or transfers or conveys all or
          substantially all its assets to, the Company or a Restricted
          Subsidiary; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that such Person's primary business is
          a Related Business;

     (3)  cash and Temporary Cash Investments;

     (4)  receivables owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary if
          created or acquired in the ordinary course of business and payable or
          dischargeable in accordance with customary trade terms; PROVIDED,
          HOWEVER, that such trade terms may include such concessionary trade
          terms as the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary deems
          reasonable under the circumstances;

     (5)  payroll, travel and similar advances to cover matters that are
          expected at the time of such advances ultimately to be treated as
          expenses for accounting purposes and that are made in the ordinary
          course of business;

     (6)  loans or advances to employees made in the ordinary course of business
          of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary;

     (7)  stock, obligations or securities received in settlement of debts
          created in the ordinary course of

<Page>

                                                                              23

          business and owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or in
          satisfaction of judgments;

     (8)  any Person to the extent such Investment represents the non-cash
          portion of the consideration received for an Asset Disposition as
          permitted pursuant to Section 4.10;

     (9)  any Person where such Investment was acquired by the Company or any of
          its Restricted Subsidiaries (A) in exchange for any other Investment
          or accounts receivable held by the Company or any such Restricted
          Subsidiary in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy, workout,
          reorganization or recapitalization of the issuer of such other
          Investment or accounts receivable or (B) as a result of a foreclosure
          by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to
          any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any
          secured Investment in default;

     (10) any Investment by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the
          Company in a Receivables Subsidiary, or any Investment by a
          Receivables Subsidiary in any other Person, in each case in connection
          with a Qualified Receivables Transaction and in a manner, and for
          consideration, customary for transactions of that type;

     (11) any Person to the extent such Investments consist of prepaid expenses,
          negotiable instruments held for collection, and lease, workers'
          compensation, performance and similar deposits made in the ordinary
          course of business by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

     (12) any Person to the extent such Investments consist of Hedging
          Obligations otherwise not prohibited under Section 4.06;

     (13) any Person if (A) the primary business of such Person is a Related
          Business, (B) such Person conducts substantially all of its business
          operations outside of the United States, and (C) the amount of such
          Investment, when taken together with all other Investments made
          pursuant to this clause (13), does not exceed $4.0 million; and

<Page>

                                                                              24

     (14) any Person, not otherwise permitted to be made pursuant to the
          preceding clauses of this definition, in an aggregate amount which,
          when taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this
          clause (14), does not exceed the greater of (A) $5.0 million, and (B)
          2.5% of Consolidated Tangible Assets.

          "PERSON" means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited
liability company, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust,
unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision
thereof or any other entity.

          "PREFERRED STOCK", as applied to the Capital Stock of any Person,
means Capital Stock of any class or classes (however designated) which is
preferred as to the payment of dividends or distributions, or as to the
distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation or
dissolution of such Person, over shares of Capital Stock of any other class of
such Person.

          "PRINCIPAL" of a Note means the principal of the Note plus the
premium, if any, payable on the Note which is due or overdue or is to become due
at the relevant time.

          "QUALIFIED EQUITY OFFERING" means either (i) an underwritten primary
public offering of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company
pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, or
(ii) a privately negotiated sale of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified
Stock) of the Company to a Person that, immediately prior to the time of such
sale, is not an Affiliate of the Company, and resulting in aggregate gross
proceeds to the Company of at least $25.0 million.

          "QUALIFIED RECEIVABLES TRANSACTION" means any transaction or series of
transactions entered into by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
pursuant to which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries sells,
conveys or otherwise transfers to (i) a Receivables Subsidiary (in the case of a
transfer by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) and (ii) any
other Person (in the case of a transfer by a Receivables Subsidiary), or grants
a security interest in, any Receivables Assets, in each case in a manner
customary for asset securitization transactions.

          "RECEIVABLES ASSETS" means any accounts receivable, instruments,
chattel paper, general intangibles and similar

<Page>

                                                                              25

assets (whether now existing or arising in the future, "RECEIVABLES") of the
Company or any of its Subsidiaries, and any assets related thereto including all
collateral securing such Receivables, all contracts, contract rights and all
guarantees or other obligations in respect of such Receivables, proceeds of such
Receivables and any other assets which are customarily transferred or in respect
of which security interests are customarily granted in connection with asset
securitization transactions.

          "RECEIVABLES SUBSIDIARY" means a Subsidiary of the Company that
satisfies all of the following requirements:

     (1)  such Receivables Subsidiary engages in no activities other than in
          connection with the financing of Receivables Assets;

     (2)  such Receivables Subsidiary is designated by the Board of Directors of
          the Company (as provided below) as a Receivables Subsidiary;

     (3)  no portion of any Obligations (contingent or otherwise) of such
          Receivables Subsidiary (a) is Guaranteed by the Company or any other
          Subsidiary of the Company (excluding Guarantees of Obligations (other
          than the principal of, and interest on, Indebtedness) pursuant to
          representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities entered into in
          the ordinary course of business in connection with a Qualified
          Receivables Transaction); (b) is recourse to or obligates the Company
          or any other Subsidiary of the Company in any way other than pursuant
          to customary representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities
          entered into in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction;
          or (c) subjects any property or asset of the Company or any other
          Subsidiary of the Company (other than Receivables Assets), directly or
          indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction of such
          Obligations, other than pursuant to customary representations,
          warranties, covenants and indemnities entered into in connection with
          a Qualified Receivables Transaction;

     (4)  neither the Company nor any other Subsidiary of the Company has any
          material contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding with such
          Receivables Subsidiary other than on terms no less favorable to the
          Company or such other Subsidiary than those that

<Page>

                                                                              26

          might be obtained at the time from Persons who are not Affiliates of
          the Company, other than as may be customary in a Qualified Receivables
          Transaction including for fees payable in the ordinary course of
          business in connection with servicing Receivables Assets; and

     (5)  neither the Company nor any other Subsidiary of the Company has any
          obligation to maintain or preserve such Receivables Subsidiary's
          financial condition or cause such Receivables Subsidiary to achieve
          certain levels of operating results.

          Any such designation of a Receivables Subsidiary by the Board of
Directors of the Company will be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the
Trustee a certified copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors of the
Company giving effect to such designation and an Officers' Certificate
certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing conditions.

          "REFINANCE" means, in respect of any Indebtedness, to refinance,
extend, renew or refund, or to issue other Indebtedness in exchange or
replacement for, such Indebtedness. "REFINANCED" and "REFINANCING" shall have
correlative meanings.

          "REFINANCING INDEBTEDNESS" means Indebtedness that Refinances any
Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary existing on the Issue
Date or Incurred in compliance with this Indenture, including Indebtedness that
Refinances Refinancing Indebtedness; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that:

          (1)  such Refinancing Indebtedness has a Stated Maturity no earlier
     than the Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being Refinanced;

          (2)  such Refinancing Indebtedness has an Average Life at the time
     such Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred that is equal to or greater than
     the Average Life of the Indebtedness being Refinanced; and

          (3)  such Refinancing Indebtedness has an aggregate principal amount
     (or if Incurred with original issue discount, an aggregate issue price)
     that is equal to or less than the aggregate principal amount (or if
     Incurred with original issue discount, the aggregate accreted value) then
     outstanding or committed (plus fees and expenses,

<Page>

                                                                              27

     including any premium and defeasance costs) under the Indebtedness being
     Refinanced;

PROVIDED FURTHER, HOWEVER, that Refinancing Indebtedness shall not include (A)
Indebtedness of a Subsidiary that Refinances Indebtedness of the Company or (B)
Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary that Refinances
Indebtedness of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

          "RELATED BUSINESS" means any business in which the Company was engaged
on the Issue Date and any business related, ancillary or complementary to any
business of the Company in which the Company was engaged on the Issue Date.

          "RELATED PARTY" means (1) any controlling stockholder, controlling
member, general partner, majority owned Subsidiary, or spouse or immediate
family member (in the case of an individual) of any Permitted Holder, (2) any
estate, trust, corporation, partnership or other entity, the beneficiaries,
stockholders, partners, owners or Persons holding a controlling interest of
which consist solely of one or more Permitted Holders and/or such other Persons
referred to in the immediately preceding clause (1), or (3) any executor,
administrator, trustee, manager, director or other similar fiduciary of any
Person referred to in the immediately preceding clause (2) acting solely in such
capacity.

          "REPRESENTATIVE" means with respect to a Person any trustee, agent or
representative (if any) for an issue of Senior Indebtedness of such Person.

          "RESTRICTED PAYMENT" with respect to any Person means:

          (1)  the declaration or payment of any dividends or any other
     distributions of any sort in respect of its Capital Stock (including any
     payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving such
     Person) or similar payment to the direct or indirect holders of its Capital
     Stock (other than (A) dividends or distributions payable solely in its
     Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock), (B) dividends or
     distributions payable solely to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, and
     (C) dividends or other distributions made by a Subsidiary to the holders of
     any class of its Capital Stock on a PRO RATA basis);

          (2)  the purchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for
     value of any Capital Stock of the Company held by any Person or of any
     Capital Stock of a Restricted

<Page>

                                                                              28

     Subsidiary held by any Affiliate of the Company (other than a Restricted
     Subsidiary), including the exercise of any option to exchange any Capital
     Stock (other than into Capital Stock of the Company that is not
     Disqualified Stock);

          (3)  the purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other
     acquisition or retirement for value, prior to scheduled maturity, scheduled
     repayment or scheduled sinking fund payment of any Subordinated Obligations
     of such Person (other than (A) payments made solely to the Company or a
     Wholly Controlled Subsidiary and (B) the purchase, repurchase or other
     acquisition of Subordinated Obligations purchased in anticipation of
     satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final
     maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of such purchase,
     repurchase or other acquisition); or

          (4)  the making of any Investment (other than a Permitted Investment)
     in any Person.

          "RESTRICTED SUBSIDIARY" means any Subsidiary of the Company that is
not an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

          "S&P" means Standard & Poor's Ratings Group.

          "SALE/LEASEBACK TRANSACTION" means an arrangement relating to property
owned by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary on the Issue Date or thereafter
acquired by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary whereby the Company or a
Restricted Subsidiary transfers such property to a Person and the Company or a
Restricted Subsidiary leases it from such Person.

          "SEC" means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

          "SECURITIES ACT" means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

          "SENIOR INDEBTEDNESS" means with respect to any Person:

          (1)  the Bank Indebtedness and any other Indebtedness of such Person,
     whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter Incurred; and

<Page>

                                                                              29

          (2)  accrued and unpaid interest (including interest accruing on or
     after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization
     relating to such Person whether or not post-filing interest is allowed in
     such proceeding) in respect of (A) indebtedness of such Person for money
     borrowed (and all Interest Rate Agreements directly related thereto) and
     (B) indebtedness evidenced by notes, debentures, bonds or other similar
     instruments for the payment of which such Person is responsible or liable;

UNLESS, in the case of clauses (1) and (2), in the instrument creating or
evidencing the same or pursuant to which the same is outstanding, it is provided
that such obligations are subordinate or PARI PASSU in right of payment to the
Notes or the Guaranty of such Person, as the case may be; PROVIDED, HOWEVER,
that Senior Indebtedness shall not include:

               (A)  any obligation of such Person to any Subsidiary;

               (B)  any liability for Federal, state, local or other taxes owed
          or owing by such Person;

               (C)  any accounts payable or other liability to trade creditors
          arising in the ordinary course of business (including Guarantees
          thereof or instruments evidencing such liabilities);

               (D)  any Indebtedness of such Person (and any accrued and unpaid
          interest in respect thereof) which is subordinate or junior in right
          of payment to any other Indebtedness or other obligation of such
          Person; or

               (E)  that portion of any Indebtedness which at the time of
          Incurrence is Incurred in violation of the Indenture.

          "SENIOR SUBORDINATED INDEBTEDNESS" means, with respect to a Person,
the Notes (in the case of the Company), the Guaranty (in the case of a
Guarantor) and any other Indebtedness of such Person that specifically provides
that such Indebtedness is to rank PARI PASSU with the Notes or such Guaranty, as
the case may be, in right of payment and is not subordinated by its terms in
right of payment to any Indebtedness or other obligation of such Person which is
not Senior Indebtedness of such Person.

<Page>

                                                                              30

          "SIGNIFICANT SUBSIDIARY" means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be
a "Significant Subsidiary" of the Company within the meaning of Rule 1-02 under
Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC.

          "STATED MATURITY" means, with respect to any security, the date
specified in such security as the fixed date on which the final payment of
principal of such security is due and payable, including pursuant to any
mandatory redemption provision (but excluding any provision providing for the
repurchase of such security at the option of the holder thereof upon the
happening of any contingency unless such contingency has occurred).

          "SUBORDINATED OBLIGATION" means, with respect to a Person, any
Indebtedness of such Person (whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter
Incurred) which is subordinate or junior in right of payment to the Notes or a
Guaranty of such Person, as the case may be, pursuant to a written agreement to
that effect.

          "SUBSIDIARY" means, with respect to any Person, any corporation,
association, partnership or other business entity of which more than 50% of the
total voting power of shares of Voting Stock is at the time owned or controlled,
directly or indirectly, by:

          (1)  such Person;

          (2)  such Person and one or more Subsidiaries of such Person; or

          (3)  one or more Subsidiaries of such Person.

Unless otherwise specified or inappropriate in the context, "SUBSIDIARY" means a
Subsidiary of the Company.

          "SUPPLEMENTAL GUARANTY AGREEMENT" means a supplemental indenture, in a
form satisfactory to the Trustee, pursuant to which a Guarantor guarantees the
Company's obligations with respect to the Notes on the terms provided for in
this Indenture.

          "TEMPORARY CASH INVESTMENTS" means any of the following:

          (1)  any investment in direct obligations of the United States of
     America or any agency thereof or

<Page>

                                                                              31

     obligations guaranteed by the United States of America or any agency
     thereof;

          (2)  investments in demand accounts, time deposit accounts,
     certificates of deposit and money market deposits maturing within 180 days
     of the date of acquisition thereof issued by a bank or trust company which
     is organized under the laws of the United States of America, any State
     thereof or any foreign country recognized by the United States of America,
     and which bank or trust company has capital, surplus and undivided profits
     aggregating in excess of $50.0 million (or the foreign currency equivalent
     thereof) and has outstanding debt which is rated "A" (or such similar
     equivalent rating) or higher by at least one nationally recognized
     statistical rating organization (as defined in Rule 436 under the
     Securities Act) or any money-market fund sponsored by a registered broker
     dealer or mutual fund distributor;

          (3)  repurchase obligations with a term of not more than 30 days for
     underlying securities of the types described in clause (1) above entered
     into with a bank meeting the qualifications described in clause (2) above;

          (4)  investments in commercial paper, maturing not more than 90 days
     after the date of acquisition, issued by a corporation (other than an
     Affiliate of the Company) organized and in existence under the laws of the
     United States of America or any foreign country recognized by the United
     States of America with a rating at the time as of which any investment
     therein is made of "P-1" (or higher) according to Moody's or "A-1" (or
     higher) according to S&P; and

          (5)  investments in securities with maturities of six months or less
     from the date of acquisition issued or fully guaranteed by any state,
     commonwealth or territory of the United States of America, or by any
     political subdivision or taxing authority thereof, and rated at least "A"
     by S&P or "A" by Moody's.

          "TIA" or "TRUST INDENTURE ACT" means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939
(15 U.S.C. Sections 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the Issue Date.

          "TREASURY RATE" means the yield to maturity at the time of computation
of U.S. Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published
in the most recent Federal

<Page>

                                                                              32

Reserve Release H 15 (519) which has become publicly available at least two
Business Days prior to the Change of Control Redemption Date (or, if such
Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source or
similar market data)) closest to the period from the Change of Control
Redemption Date to the First Call Date; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if the period
from the Change of Control Redemption Date to the First Call Date is not equal
to the constant maturity of a U.S. Treasury security for which a weekly average
yield is given, the Treasury Rate shall be obtained by linear interpolation
(calculated to the nearest one-twelfth of one year) from the weekly average
yields of U.S. Treasury securities for which such yields are given, except that
if the period from the Change of Control Redemption Date to the First Call Date
is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded U.S. Treasury
securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year shall be used.

          "TRUSTEE" means Wells Fargo Bank Minnesota, National Association until
a successor replaces it and, thereafter, means the successor.

          "TRUST OFFICER" means the Chairman of the Board, the President or any
other officer or assistant officer of the Trustee assigned by the Trustee to
administer its corporate trust matters.

          "UNIFORM COMMERCIAL CODE" means the New York Uniform Commercial Code
as in effect from time to time.

          "UNRESTRICTED SUBSIDIARY" means:

          (1)  any Subsidiary of the Company that at the time of determination
     shall be designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary by the Board of Directors in
     the manner provided below; and

          (2)  any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary,

in each case unless and until such Subsidiary is designated a Restricted
Subsidiary for purposes of this Indenture.

          The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Subsidiary of
the Company (including any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary) to be an
Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns
any Capital Stock or Indebtedness of, or holds any Lien on any property of, the
Company or any other Subsidiary of the Company that is not a

<Page>

                                                                              33

Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that either
(A) the Subsidiary to be so designated has total assets of $1,000 or less or (B)
if such Subsidiary has assets greater than $1,000, such designation would be
permitted under Section 4.05 (the amount of such Restricted Payment being
calculated in the manner set forth in the definition of the term "Investment").

          The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Unrestricted
Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that immediately
after giving effect to such designation (A) the Company could Incur $1.00 of
additional Indebtedness under Section 4.06(a) and (B) no Default shall have
occurred and be continuing. Any such designation by the Board of Directors shall
be evidenced to the Trustee by promptly filing with the Trustee a copy of the
resolution of the Board of Directors giving effect to such designation and an
Officers' Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the
foregoing provisions.

          "U.S. GOVERNMENT OBLIGATIONS" means direct obligations (or
certificates representing an ownership interest in such obligations) of the
United States of America (including any agency or instrumentality thereof) for
the payment of which the full faith and credit of the United States of America
is pledged and which are not callable at the issuer's option.

          "VOTING STOCK" of a Person means all classes of Capital Stock or other
interests (including partnership interests) of such Person then outstanding and
normally entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote
in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof.

          "WHOLLY CONTROLLED SUBSIDIARY" means (i) any Wholly Owned Subsidiary
and (ii) any Foreign Subsidiary if (A) such Foreign Subsidiary is a Restricted
Subsidiary, (B) all of the Capital Stock of such Foreign Subsidiary (other than
directors' qualifying shares and Foreign Required Minority Shares, in each case
only to the extent required by applicable law) is owned by the Company or one or
more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries, and (C) the Company, by contract or otherwise,
controls the management and business of such Foreign Subsidiary and derives the
economic benefits of ownership of such Foreign Subsidiary to substantially the
same extent as if such Foreign Subsidiary were a Wholly Owned Subsidiary.

<Page>

                                                                              34

          "WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARY" means a Restricted Subsidiary all the
Capital Stock of which is owned by the Company or one or more Wholly Owned
Subsidiaries.

          SECTION 1.02.  OTHER DEFINITIONS.

<Table>
<Caption>
                                                                             Defined in
                             Term                                             Section
                             ----                                             -------
<S>                                                                       <C>
"Affiliate Transaction"................................................      4.08
"Bankruptcy Law".......................................................      6.01
"Blockage Notice"......................................................     10.03/12.03
"Change of Control Offer"..............................................      4.09(b)
"Change of Control Redemption Date" ...................................   5(b) of the Notes
"Company Website" .....................................................      4.02
"covenant defeasance option"...........................................      8.01(b)
"Custodian"............................................................      6.01
"Event of Default".....................................................      6.01
"Guaranteed Obligations" ..............................................     11.01
"legal defeasance option"..............................................      8.01(b)
"Legal Holiday"........................................................     13.08
"Offer"................................................................      4.07(b)
"Offer Amount".........................................................      4.07(c)(2)
"Offer Period".........................................................      4.07(c)(2)
"pay its Subsidiary Guaranty"..........................................     12.03
"pay the Notes"........................................................     10.03
"Paying Agent".........................................................      2.03
"Payment Default"......................................................     10.03/12.03
"Payment Blockage Period"..............................................     10.03/12.03
"Purchase Date"........................................................      4.07(c)(1)
"Registrar"............................................................      2.03
"Successor Company"....................................................      5.01
</Table>

          In addition, terms defined in APPENDIX A shall have the meanings set
forth therein.

          SECTION 1.03.  INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE OF TRUST INDENTURE ACT.
This Indenture is subject to the mandatory provisions of the TIA which are
incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture. The following
TIA terms have the following meanings:

          "Commission" means the SEC;

          "indenture securities" means the Notes;

          "indenture security holder" means a Noteholder;

<Page>

                                                                              35

          "indenture to be qualified" means this Indenture;

          "indenture trustee" or "institutional trustee" means the Trustee; and

          "obligor" on the indenture securities means the Company and any other
obligor on the indenture securities.

          All other TIA terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the
TIA, defined by TIA reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule have the
meanings assigned to them by such definitions.

          SECTION 1.04.  RULES OF CONSTRUCTION.  Unless the context otherwise
requires:

          (1)  a term has the meaning assigned to it;

          (2)  an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned
     to it in accordance with GAAP;

          (3)  "or" is not exclusive;

          (4)  "including" means including without limitation;

          (5)  words in the singular include the plural and words in the plural
     include the singular;

          (6)  unsecured Indebtedness shall not be deemed to be subordinate or
     junior to secured Indebtedness merely by virtue of its nature as unsecured
     Indebtedness;

          (7)  the principal amount of any non-interest bearing or other
     discount security at any date shall be the principal amount thereof that
     would be shown on a balance sheet of the issuer dated such date prepared in
     accordance with GAAP;

          (8)  the principal amount of any Preferred Stock shall be (i) the
     maximum liquidation value of such Preferred Stock or (ii) the maximum
     mandatory redemption or mandatory repurchase price with respect to such
     Preferred Stock, whichever is greater;

          (9)  all references to the date the Notes were originally issued shall
     refer to the Issue Date; and

          (10) in the event of a conflict between the definitions set forth in
     Section 1.01 and the definitions

<Page>

                                                                              36

     set forth in the first paragraph of this Indenture, the definitions set
     forth in Section 1.01 shall govern.

                                    ARTICLE 2

                                    THE NOTES

          SECTION 2.01.  FORM AND DATING.  Provisions relating to the Initial
Notes, the Private Exchange Notes and the Exchange Notes are set forth in the
APPENDIX A attached hereto which is hereby incorporated in and expressly made
part of this Indenture. The Initial Notes and the Trustee's certificate of
authentication shall be substantially in the form of EXHIBIT 1 to APPENDIX A
which is hereby incorporated in and expressly made a part of this Indenture. The
Exchange Notes, the Private Exchange Notes and the Trustee's certificate of
authentication shall be substantially in the form of EXHIBIT 2 to APPENDIX A,
which is hereby incorporated in and expressly made a part of this Indenture. The
Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock
exchange rule, agreements to which the Company is subject, if any, or usage
(PROVIDED, that any such notation, legend or endorsement is in a form acceptable
to the Company). Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. The
terms of the Notes set forth in EXHIBITS 1 and 2 to APPENDIX A are part of the
terms of this Indenture.

          SECTION 2.02.  EXECUTION AND AUTHENTICATION.  Two Officers shall
sign the Notes for the Company by manual or facsimile signature. The Company's
seal, if any, may be impressed, affixed, imprinted or reproduced on the Notes
and may be in facsimile form.

          If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office
at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Note shall be valid
nevertheless.

          A Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee
manually signs the certificate of authentication on the Note. The signature
shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this
Indenture. The Trustee shall authenticate Notes in the amounts and at the times
specified in Section 2.2 of APPENDIX A attached hereto.

          The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent reasonably acceptable
to the Company to authenticate the Notes. Unless limited by the terms of such
appointment, an authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee

<Page>

                                                                              37

may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee
includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same
rights as any Registrar, Paying Agent or agent for service of notices and
demands.

          SECTION 2.03.  REGISTRAR AND PAYING AGENT.  The Company shall maintain
an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or
for exchange (the "REGISTRAR") and an office or agency where Notes may be
presented for payment (the "PAYING AGENT"). The Registrar shall keep a register
of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange. The Company may have one or
more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term
"REGISTRAR" includes any appointed co-registrar and the term "PAYING AGENT"
includes any additional paying agent.

          The Company shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any
Registrar, Paying Agent or co-registrar not a party to this Indenture, which
shall incorporate the terms of the TIA. The agreement shall implement the
provisions of this Indenture that relate to such agent. The Company shall notify
the Trustee of the name and address of any such agent. If the Company fails to
maintain a Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such and shall be
entitled to appropriate compensation therefor pursuant to Section 7.07. The
Company or any Wholly Owned Subsidiary incorporated or organized within The
United States of America may act as Paying Agent, Registrar, co-registrar or
transfer agent.

          The Company initially appoints the Trustee as Registrar and Paying
Agent in connection with the Notes.

          SECTION 2.04.  PAYING AGENT TO HOLD MONEY IN TRUST.  Prior to each due
date of the principal and interest on any Note, the Company shall deposit with
the Paying Agent a sum sufficient to pay such principal and interest when so
becoming due. The Company shall require each Paying Agent (other than the
Trustee) to agree in writing that the Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the
benefit of Noteholders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the
payment of principal of or interest on the Notes and shall notify the Trustee of
any default by the Company in making any such payment. If the Company or a
Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate the money held by it as
Paying Agent and hold it as a separate trust fund. The Company at any time may
require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee and to account
for any funds disbursed by the Paying Agent. Upon complying with

<Page>

                                                                              38

this Section 2.04, the Paying Agent shall have no further liability for the
money delivered to the Trustee.

          SECTION 2.05.  NOTEHOLDER LISTS.  The Trustee shall preserve in as
current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it
of the names and addresses of Noteholders and shall otherwise comply with TIA
Section 312(a). If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company shall furnish
to the Trustee, in writing, at least five Business Days before each interest
payment date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a
list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of
the names and addresses of Noteholders.

          SECTION 2.06.  TRANSFER AND EXCHANGE.  The Notes shall be issued in
registered form and shall be transferable only upon the surrender of a Note for
registration of transfer. When a Note is presented to the Registrar or a
co-registrar with a request to register a transfer, the Registrar shall register
the transfer as requested if the requirements of this Indenture and Section
8-401(a) of the Uniform Commercial Code are met. When Notes are presented to the
Registrar or a co-registrar with a request to exchange them for an equal
principal amount of Notes of other denominations, the Registrar shall make the
exchange as requested if the same requirements are met. The Company may require
payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental
charge payable in connection with the transfer or exchange of the Notes (other
than any such transfer taxes or other similar governmental charges payable upon
exchange pursuant to Section 2.07, 2.09, 3.06 or 9.05).

          SECTION 2.07.  REPLACEMENT NOTES.  If a mutilated Note is surrendered
to the Registrar or if the Holder of a Note claims that the Note has been lost,
destroyed or wrongfully taken, the Company shall issue, and the Trustee shall
authenticate, a replacement Note if the requirements of Section 8-405 of the
Uniform Commercial Code are met and the Holder satisfies any other reasonable
requirements of the Trustee. If required by the Trustee or the Company, such
Holder shall furnish an indemnity bond sufficient in the judgment of the Company
and the Trustee to protect the Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent, the
Registrar and any co-registrar from any loss which any of them may suffer if a
Note is replaced. The Company and the Trustee may charge the Holder for their
expenses in replacing a Note.

          Every replacement Note is an additional Obligation of the Company.

<Page>

                                                                              39

          SECTION 2.08.  OUTSTANDING NOTES.  Notes outstanding at any time are
all Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those
delivered to it for cancellation and those described in this Section 2.08 as not
outstanding. Subject to Section 13.06, a Note does not cease to be outstanding
because the Company or an Affiliate of the Company holds the Note.

          If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07, it ceases to be
outstanding unless the Trustee and the Company receive proof satisfactory to
them that the replaced Note is held by a bona fide purchaser.

          If the Paying Agent segregates and holds in trust, in accordance with
this Indenture, on a redemption date or maturity date money sufficient to pay
all principal and interest payable on that date with respect to the Notes (or
portions thereof) to be redeemed or maturing, as the case may be, and the Paying
Agent is not prohibited from paying such money to the Noteholders on that date
pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, then on and after that date such Notes
(or portions thereof) cease to be outstanding and interest on them ceases to
accrue.

          SECTION 2.09.  TEMPORARY NOTES.  Until Definitive Notes are ready
for delivery, the Company may prepare, and the Trustee shall authenticate,
temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of
definitive Notes but may have variations that the Company considers appropriate
for temporary Notes. Without unreasonable delay, the Company shall prepare and
the Trustee shall authenticate Definitive Notes and deliver them in exchange for
temporary Notes.

          SECTION 2.10.  CANCELLATION.  The Company at any time may deliver
Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and the Paying Agent shall
forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of
transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee and no one else shall cancel and
destroy (subject to the record retention requirements of the Exchange Act) all
Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment or
cancellation and deliver a certificate of such destruction to the Company unless
the Company directs the Trustee to deliver canceled Notes to the Company. The
Company may not issue new Notes to replace Notes it has redeemed, paid or
delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.

<Page>

                                                                              40

          SECTION 2.11.  DEFAULTED INTEREST.  If the Company defaults in a
payment of interest on the Notes, the Company shall pay defaulted interest (plus
interest on such defaulted interest to the extent lawful) in any lawful manner.
The Company may pay the defaulted interest to the Persons who are Noteholders on
a subsequent special record date. The Company shall fix or cause to be fixed any
such special record date and payment date to the reasonable satisfaction of the
Trustee and shall promptly mail to each Noteholder a notice that states the
special record date, the payment date and the amount of defaulted interest to be
paid.

          SECTION 2.12.  CUSIP NUMBERS.  The Company in issuing the Notes may
use "CUSIP" numbers and corresponding "ISINs" (if then generally in use) and, if
so, the Trustee shall use "CUSIP" numbers and corresponding "ISINs" in notices
of redemption as a convenience to Holders; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that any such
notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such
numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of a
redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification
numbers printed on the Notes, and any such redemption shall not be affected by
any defect in or omission of such numbers.

          SECTION 2.13.  ADDITIONAL NOTES.  The Company shall be entitled,
subject to its compliance with this Section and Section 4.06, to issue
Additional Notes under this Indenture. Additional Notes shall have the same
terms and conditions as the Initial Notes issued on the Issue Date or Exchange
Notes, except for issue date, issue price, pre-issuance accrued interest and
first interest payment date. The Initial Notes, any Additional Notes and all
Exchange Notes shall be treated as a single class for all purposes under this
Indenture, including waivers, amendments, redemptions and offers to purchase,
but may be treated as separate classes, with, among other things, separate issue
prices, for United States federal tax purposes.

          With respect to any issuance of Additional Notes, the Company shall
deliver to the Trustee a resolution of the Board of Directors and an Officers'
Certificate, and, if the Company elects, a supplemental indenture, which shall
together provide the following information:

          (1)  the aggregate principal amount of such Additional Notes to be
     authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture;

<Page>

                                                                              41

          (2)  the issue date, issue price, pre-issuance accrued interest and
     first interest payment date, and the CUSIP number and corresponding ISIN of
     such Additional Notes; and

          (3)  whether such Additional Notes shall be Transfer Restricted
     Securities and issued in the form of Initial Notes as set forth in EXHIBIT
     1 to APPENDIX A or shall be issued in the form of Exchange Notes as set
     forth in EXHIBIT 2 to APPENDIX A.

          In addition, the Officers' Certificate shall certify that such
issuance is in compliance with Section 4.06.

                                    ARTICLE 3

                                   REDEMPTION

          SECTION 3.01.  NOTICES TO TRUSTEE.  If the Company elects to redeem
Notes pursuant to paragraph 5 of the Notes, it shall notify the Trustee in
writing of the redemption date, the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed and
the paragraph of the Notes pursuant to which the redemption will occur.

          The Company shall give each notice to the Trustee provided for in this
Section at least 60 days before the redemption date unless the Trustee consents
to a shorter period. Such notice shall be accompanied by an Officers'
Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel from the Company to the effect that such
redemption will comply with the conditions herein.

          SECTION 3.02.  SELECTION OF NOTES TO BE REDEEMED.  If fewer than all
the Notes are to be redeemed, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be redeemed
pro rata or by lot or by a method that complies with applicable legal and
securities exchange requirements, if any, and that the Trustee in its sole
discretion shall deem to be fair and appropriate and in accordance with methods
generally used at the time of selection by fiduciaries in similar circumstances.
The Trustee shall make the selection from outstanding Notes not previously
called for redemption. The Trustee may select for redemption portions of the
principal of Notes that have denominations larger than $1,000. Notes and
portions of them the Trustee selects shall be in principal amounts of $1,000 or
a whole multiple of $1,000. Provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes
called for redemption also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption. The
Trustee shall notify the Company promptly of the Notes or portions of Notes to
be redeemed.

<Page>

                                                                              42

          SECTION 3.03.  NOTICE OF REDEMPTION.  At least 30 days but not more
than 60 days before a date for redemption of Notes, the Company shall mail a
notice of redemption by first-class mail to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed
at such Holder's registered address.

          The notice shall identify the Notes to be redeemed and shall state:

          (1)  the redemption date;

          (2)  the redemption price;

          (3)  the name and address of the Paying Agent;

          (4)  that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the
Paying Agent to collect the redemption price;

          (5)  if fewer than all the outstanding Notes are to be redeemed, the
     identification and principal amounts of the particular Notes to be
     redeemed;

          (6)  that, unless the Company defaults in making such redemption
     payment or the Paying Agent is prohibited from making such payment pursuant
     to the terms of this Indenture, interest on Notes (or portion thereof)
     called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date;
     and

          (7)  that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy
     of the CUSIP number or corresponding ISIN, if any, listed in such notice or
     printed on the Notes.

          At the Company's request, the Trustee shall give the notice of
redemption in the Company's name and at the Company's expense. In such event,
the Company shall provide the Trustee with the information required by this
Section 3.03.

          SECTION 3.04.  EFFECT OF NOTICE OF REDEMPTION.  Once notice of
redemption is mailed, Notes called for redemption become due and payable on the
redemption date and at the redemption price stated in the notice. Upon surrender
to the Paying Agent, such Notes shall be paid at the redemption price stated in
the notice, plus accrued interest to the redemption date (subject to the right
of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the
related interest

<Page>

                                                                              43

payment date). Failure to give notice or any defect in the notice to any Holder
shall not affect the validity of the notice to any other Holder.

          SECTION 3.05.  DEPOSIT OF REDEMPTION PRICE.  Prior to the redemption
date, the Company shall deposit with the Paying Agent (or, if the Company or a
Subsidiary is the Paying Agent, shall segregate and hold in trust) money
sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued interest on all Notes to
be redeemed on that date other than Notes or portions of Notes called for
redemption which have been delivered by the Company to the Trustee for
cancellation.

          SECTION 3.06.  NOTES REDEEMED IN PART.  Upon surrender of a Note that
is redeemed in part, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall
authenticate for the Holder (at the Company's expense) a new Note equal in
principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the Note surrendered.

                                    ARTICLE 4

                                    COVENANTS

          SECTION 4.01.  PAYMENT OF NOTES.  The Company shall promptly pay the
principal of and interest on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided
in the Notes and in this Indenture. Payment shall be made in New York, New York
unless the Trustee otherwise specifies. Principal and interest shall be
considered paid on the date due if on such date the Trustee or the Paying Agent
holds in accordance with this Indenture money sufficient to pay all principal
and interest then due and the Trustee or the Paying Agent, as the case may be,
is not prohibited from paying such money to the Noteholders on that date
pursuant to the terms of this Indenture.

          The Company shall pay interest on overdue principal at the rate
specified therefor in the Notes, and it shall pay interest on overdue
installments of interest at the same rate to the extent lawful.

          SECTION 4.02.  SEC REPORTS.  Notwithstanding that the Company may not
be subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange
Act, the Company shall file with the SEC (to the extent the SEC will accept such
filings) and provide the Trustee and Noteholders with such annual reports and
such information, documents, certifications and other reports as are specified
in Sections 13 and 15(d) of the Exchange Act and applicable to a U.S.
corporation subject to

<Page>

                                                                              44

such Sections, such information, documents, certifications and other reports to
be so filed and provided at the times specified for the filings of such
information, documents, certifications and reports under such Sections.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may satisfy such requirements prior
to the effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or the Shelf
Registration Statement by posting on the Company Website and making freely
accessible the same information as would be required to be filed by the Company
if it were subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the
Exchange Act, and will include a representation that the Company has received a
review report of the Company's then current independent auditors as contemplated
by Statement on Auditing Standards No. 100 of the American Institute of
Certified Public Accountants, Inc. with respect to any interim financial
information so posted on the Company Website; PROVIDED, that the Company may (A)
redact those portions of any exhibits that are required to be posted pursuant
hereto with respect to which the Company expects to request confidential
treatment in connection with the filing of the Exchange Offer Registration
Statement or the Shelf Registration Statement, (B) omit such information as the
Company believes in good faith is not applicable as a result of the fact that
the Company is not actually filing reports with the SEC and is otherwise
immaterial and (C) change the form of certificate that would otherwise be
required pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 as a result of the preceding clauses
(A) and (B). In such event, notwithstanding the time of filing that would
otherwise be required pursuant to the first sentence of this Section 4.02, the
Company shall post quarterly information on the Company Website not later than
60 days after the end of the applicable quarterly reporting period. For purposes
of this Section 4.02, the term "COMPANY WEBSITE" means the collection of web
pages that may be accessed on the World Wide Web using the URL address
http://www.merisant.com or such other address as the Company may from time to
time designate in writing to the Trustee.

          In addition, the Company shall furnish to the Holders of the Notes and
to prospective investors, upon the requests of such Holders, any information
required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act so
long as any Notes are not freely transferable under the Securities Act. The
Company also shall comply with the other provisions of TIA Section 314(a).

          SECTION 4.03.  COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE.  The Company shall deliver to
the Trustee within 120 days after the end of

<Page>

                                                                              45

each fiscal year of the Company an Officers' Certificate stating that in the
course of the performance by the signers of their duties as Officers of the
Company they would normally have knowledge of any Default and whether or not the
signers know of any Default that occurred during such period. If they do, the
certificate shall describe the Default, its status and what action the Company
is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto. The Company also shall
comply with TIA Section 314(a)(4).

          SECTION 4.04.  CHANGE OF CONTROL.

          (a)  Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, each Holder shall
have the right to require that the Company repurchase such Holder's Notes at a
purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof on the date
of the purchase PLUS accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of
purchase (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date
to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date), in accordance with
the terms of Section 4.04(b). In the event that at the time of such Change of
Control, the terms of the Credit Agreement or any other Credit Facility prohibit
the Company from making a Change of Control Offer or from purchasing the Notes
pursuant to this Section 4.04, the Company shall, prior to the mailing of the
notice to Holders provided for in Section 4.04(b) below but, in any event within
30 days following any Change of Control: (1) repay in full all Indebtedness
outstanding under the relevant Credit Facility; or (2) obtain the requisite
consent under the relevant Credit Facility to permit the purchase of the Notes
as provided for in Section 4.04(b).

          (b)  Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Company shall
mail a notice to each Holder with a copy to the Trustee (the "CHANGE OF CONTROL
OFFER") stating:

          (1)  that a Change of Control has occurred and that such Holder has
     the right to require the Company to purchase such Holder's Notes at a
     purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof on the
     date of purchase, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of
     purchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record
     date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date);

          (2)  the circumstances and relevant facts regarding such Change of
     Control (including information with respect to PRO FORMA historical income,
     cash flow and

<Page>

                                                                              46

     capitalization, in each case after giving effect to such Change of
     Control);

          (3)  the purchase date (which shall be no earlier than 30 days nor
     later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed); and

          (4)  the instructions, determined by the Company, consistent with this
     Section 4.04, that a Holder must follow in order to have its Notes
     purchased; and

          (5)  that if the Change of Control Offer is accepted by Holders of not
     less than 75% of the Notes then outstanding, the Company shall have the
     option to redeem the Untendered Notes as described in Section 5 of the
     Notes, and setting forth the formula used to determine the redemption price
     in such circumstances.

          (c)  Holders electing to have a Note purchased will be required to
surrender the Note, with an appropriate form duly completed, to the Company at
the address specified in the notice at least three Business Days prior to the
purchase date. Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the
Trustee or the Company receives not later than one Business Day prior to the
purchase date, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth
the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Note which was delivered for
purchase by the Holder and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing their
election to have such Note purchased.

          (d)  On the purchase date, all Notes purchased by the Company under
this Section 4.04 shall be delivered by the Company to the Trustee for
cancellation, and the Company shall pay the purchase price plus accrued and
unpaid interest, if any, to the Holders entitled thereto.

          (e)  Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 4.04,
the Company shall not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a
Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the
manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth
in this Section 4.04 applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Company
and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of
Control Offer.

          (f)  The Company shall comply, to the extent applicable, with the
requirements of Section 14(e) of the Exchange Act and any other securities laws
or regulations in

<Page>

                                                                              47

connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to this Section 4.04. To the
extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with
provisions of this Section 4.04, the Company shall comply with the applicable
securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its
obligations under this Section 4.04 by virtue of its compliance with such
securities laws or regulations.

          (g)  The provisions under this Indenture relative to the Company's
obligation to make an offer to purchase the Notes as a result of a Change of
Control may be waived or modified with the written consent of the holders of a
majority in principal amount of the Notes.

          SECTION 4.05.  LIMITATION ON RESTRICTED PAYMENTS.

          (a)  The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted
Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, make a Restricted Payment if at the time
the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary makes such Restricted Payment:

          (1)  a Default shall have occurred and be continuing (or would result
     therefrom);

          (2)  the Company is not entitled to Incur an additional $1.00 of
     Indebtedness under Section 4.06(a); or

          (3)  the aggregate amount of such Restricted Payment and all other
     Restricted Payments since the Issue Date made pursuant to this Section
     4.05(a)(3) and all Restricted Payments since the Issue Date made pursuant
     to Section 4.05 (b)(1), (b)(3), (b)(4) and (b)(8) would exceed the sum of
     (without duplication):

               (A)  50% of the Consolidated Net Income accrued during the period
          (treated as one accounting period) from the beginning of the fiscal
          quarter immediately following the fiscal quarter during which the
          Issue Date occurs to the end of the most recent fiscal quarter ending
          at least 45 days prior to the date of such Restricted Payment (or, in
          case such Consolidated Net Income shall be a deficit, minus 100% of
          such deficit); PLUS

               (B)  100% of the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds received by the
          Company from the issuance or sale of its Capital Stock (other than
          Disqualified Stock) subsequent to the Issue Date (other than an
          issuance

<Page>

                                                                              48

          or sale to a Subsidiary of the Company and other than an issuance or
          sale to an ESOP) and 100% of any cash capital contribution received by
          the Company from its shareholders subsequent to the Issue Date; PLUS

               (C)  the amount by which Indebtedness of the Company is reduced
          on the Company's balance sheet upon the conversion or exchange (other
          than by a Subsidiary of the Company) subsequent to the Issue Date of
          any Indebtedness of the Company convertible or exchangeable for
          Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company (less the
          amount of any cash, or the fair value of any other property,
          distributed by the Company upon such conversion or exchange); PLUS

               (D)  an amount equal to the sum of (x) the net reduction in the
          Investments (other than Permitted Investments) made by the Company or
          any Restricted Subsidiary in any Person resulting from repurchases,
          repayments or redemptions of such Investments by such Person, proceeds
          realized on the sale of such Investment and proceeds representing the
          return of capital (excluding amounts that contribute to Consolidated
          Net Income), in each case received by the Company or any Guarantor and
          (y) the portion (proportionate to the Company's equity interest in
          such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of an
          Unrestricted Subsidiary at the time such Unrestricted Subsidiary is
          designated a Restricted Subsidiary; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the
          foregoing sum shall not exceed, in the case of any such Person or
          Unrestricted Subsidiary, the amount of Investments (excluding
          Permitted Investments) previously made (and treated as a Restricted
          Payment) by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in such Person or
          Unrestricted Subsidiary.

          (b)  The provisions of Section 4.05(a) shall not prohibit (but in the
case of subparagraphs (b)(3), (b)(4), (b)(7) and (b)(8) of this Section 4.05,
only if no Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom):

          (1)  any Restricted Payment made out of the Net Cash Proceeds of the
     substantially concurrent issuance or sale of, or made by conversion into or
     exchange for, Capital Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock
     and other than Capital Stock issued or sold to a Subsidiary of

<Page>

                                                                              49

     the Company or an ESOP) or a substantially concurrent cash capital
     contribution received by the Company from one or more of its shareholders;

          (2)  any purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other
     acquisition or retirement for value of Subordinated Obligations of the
     Company or a Guarantor made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the
     substantially concurrent Issuance or sale of, Indebtedness which is
     permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Section 4.06;

          (3)  dividends paid within 60 days after the date of declaration
     thereof if at such date of declaration such dividend would have complied
     with this Section 4.05; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that such dividend shall be
     included in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments;

          (4)  the purchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for
     value of shares of Capital Stock of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries,
     and dividends, distributions or advances to Holdings to be used by Holdings
     for the purchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value
     of shares of Capital Stock of Holdings, in each case from employees, former
     employees, directors or former directors of Holdings or any of its
     Subsidiaries (or permitted transferees of such employees, former employees,
     directors or former directors), pursuant to the terms of the agreements
     (including employment agreements) or plans (or amendments thereto) approved
     by the Board of Directors or the Holdings Board, as appropriate, under
     which such individuals purchase or sell or are granted the option to
     purchase or sell, shares of such Capital Stock; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the
     aggregate amount of such purchases, redemptions and other acquisitions or
     retirements shall not exceed the lesser of (A) the sum of (i) $1.5 million
     multiplied by the number of calendar years that have commenced since the
     Issue Date, plus (ii) $0.75 million, and (B) $5.0 million;

          (5)  dividends, distributions or advances to Holdings or Parent to be
     used by Holdings or Parent to pay Federal, state and local taxes payable by
     Holdings or Parent and directly attributable to (or arising as a result of)
     the operations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries; PROVIDED,
     HOWEVER, that (A) the amount of such dividends shall not exceed the amount
     that the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries would be required to pay
     in respect of such Federal, state and local taxes were the Company to

<Page>

                                                                              50

     pay such taxes as a stand-alone taxpayer and (B) such dividends pursuant to
     this clause (5) are used by Holdings or Parent for such purposes within 20
     days of the receipt of such dividends;

          (6)  dividends, distributions or advances to Holdings or Parent to the
     extent necessary to pay for general corporate and overhead expenses
     incurred by Holdings or Parent, in an aggregate amount not to exceed $0.5
     million in any fiscal year of the Company;

          (7)  if the Credit Agreement has become effective and the Company has
     received the proceeds of the term loan thereunder, the Permitted Closing
     Date Payment; and

          (8)  Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount which, when taken
     together with all other Restricted Payments made pursuant to this clause
     (8) and then outstanding, do not exceed $10.0 million.

          The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) shall be the
fair market value on the date of the Restricted Payment of the assets proposed
to be transferred by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may
be, in accordance with the Restricted Payment. The fair market value of any
non-cash Restricted Payment shall be determined in good faith by an executive
officer of the Company (if such fair market value is less than $1.0 million), or
by the Board of Directors (in all other cases), in each case pursuant to an
Officers' Certificate delivered to the Trustee.

          SECTION 4.06.  LIMITATION ON INDEBTEDNESS.

          (a)  The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted
Subsidiary to, Incur, directly or indirectly, any Indebtedness; PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, that the Company and the Guarantors shall be entitled to Incur
Indebtedness if, on the date of such Incurrence and after giving effect thereto
on a PRO FORMA basis, no Default has occurred and is continuing and the
Consolidated Coverage Ratio exceeds 2.0 to 1.

          (b)  Notwithstanding the foregoing paragraph (a), the Company and the
Restricted Subsidiaries shall be entitled to Incur any or all of the following
Indebtedness:

          (1)  Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to Credit Facilities; PROVIDED,
     HOWEVER, that (A) after giving effect to any such Incurrence, the aggregate
     principal amount of

<Page>

                                                                              51

     all Indebtedness Incurred under this clause (1) and then outstanding does
     not exceed $310.0 million, and (B) such amount specified in clause (A)
     shall be reduced to the extent of any reduction or elimination of any
     commitment under any Credit Facility or, without duplication, any permanent
     repayment of principal of Indebtedness under any Credit Facility, in each
     case resulting from or relating to the formation of any Receivables
     Subsidiary or the consummation of any Qualified Receivables Transaction and
     shall thereafter be increased to the extent of any subsequent increase in
     the commitment under any Credit Facility resulting from or relating to the
     termination of any Qualified Receivables Transaction or the elimination of
     any Receivables Subsidiary (but in no event may such amount exceed the
     amount specified in clause (A));

          (2)  Indebtedness owed to and held by the Company or a Wholly
     Controlled Subsidiary; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that (A) any subsequent issuance
     or transfer of any Capital Stock which results in any such Wholly
     Controlled Subsidiary ceasing to be a Wholly Controlled Subsidiary or any
     subsequent transfer of such Indebtedness (other than to the Company or a
     Wholly Controlled Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute
     the Incurrence of such Indebtedness by the obligor thereon and (B) if the
     Company or a Guarantor is the obligor on such Indebtedness, such
     Indebtedness is expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash
     of all obligations with respect to the Notes or such Guarantor's Guaranty;

          (3)  the Notes and the Exchange Notes (other than any Additional
     Notes) and the Guaranties;

          (4)  Indebtedness outstanding on the Issue Date (other than
     Indebtedness described in clause (1), (2) or (3) of this Section 4.06(b));

          (5)  Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary Incurred and outstanding
     on or prior to the date on which such Subsidiary was acquired by the
     Company (other than Indebtedness Incurred in connection with, or to provide
     all or any portion of the funds or credit support utilized to consummate,
     the transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which such
     Subsidiary became a Subsidiary or was acquired by the Company); PROVIDED,
     HOWEVER, that on the date of such acquisition and after giving PRO FORMA
     effect thereto, the Company would have

<Page>

                                                                              52

     been able to Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to
     Section 4.06(a);

          (6)  Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of Indebtedness Incurred
     pursuant to Section 4.06(a) or pursuant to clause (3), (4) or (5) of this
     Section 4.06(b) or this clause (6); PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that to the extent
     such Refinancing Indebtedness directly or indirectly Refinances
     Indebtedness of a Subsidiary Incurred pursuant to clause (5), such
     Refinancing Indebtedness shall be Incurred only by such Subsidiary;

          (7)  Hedging Obligations consisting of (A) Interest Rate Agreements
     directly related to Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted
     Subsidiaries, and (B) Currency Agreements directly related to the revenues
     or expenses of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

          (8)  obligations in respect of performance, bid and surety bonds and
     completion guarantees provided by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary
     in the ordinary course of business;

          (9)  Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other
     financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against
     insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business; PROVIDED, HOWEVER,
     that such Indebtedness is extinguished within two Business Days of its
     Incurrence;

          (10) Indebtedness consisting of any Guarantee by the Company or a
     Guarantor of Indebtedness of the Company or a Guarantor outstanding on the
     Issue Date or permitted by this Indenture to be Incurred by the Company or
     a Guarantor;

          (11) Indebtedness (including Capital Lease Obligations) Incurred by
     the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to finance the purchase,
     lease, construction or improvement of property (real or personal) or
     equipment (whether through the direct purchase of assets or the purchase of
     Capital Stock of any Person owning such assets), and any Refinancing
     Indebtedness Incurred to Refinance such Indebtedness, in an aggregate
     principal amount which, when taken together with all other Indebtedness
     Incurred pursuant to this clause (11) and then outstanding, does not exceed
     $2.0 million;

<Page>

                                                                              53

          (12) Indebtedness of a Receivables Subsidiary Incurred pursuant to a
     Qualified Receivables Transaction;

          (13) Indebtedness consisting of indemnification, adjustment of
     purchase price, earn-out or similar obligations (other than Guarantees of
     Indebtedness), in each case incurred in connection with the acquisition or
     disposition of assets; and

          (14) Indebtedness of the Company or the Guarantors in an aggregate
     principal amount which, when taken together with all other Indebtedness of
     the Company and the Guarantors outstanding under this clause (14) does not
     exceed the greater of (A) $15.0 million, and (B) 5% of Consolidated
     Tangible Assets.

          (c)  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not, and shall
not permit any Guarantor to, Incur any Indebtedness pursuant to Section 4.06(b)
if the proceeds thereof are used, directly or indirectly, to Refinance any
Subordinated Obligations of the Company or any Guarantor unless such
Indebtedness shall be subordinated to the Notes or the applicable Guaranty to at
least the same extent as such Subordinated Obligations.

          (d)  For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.06, in
the event that an item of Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of
the categories of Indebtedness described in Section 4.06(a) or 4.06(b), (1) the
Company, in its sole discretion, is entitled to classify such item of
Indebtedness at the time of Incurrence, in any manner in compliance with this
Section 4.06, (2) the Company will only be required to include the amount and
type of such Indebtedness in one of the above categories and (3) the Company
will be entitled to divide and classify an item of Indebtedness in more than one
of the categories of Indebtedness described above. Notwithstanding the first
sentence of this Section 4.06(d), any Bank Indebtedness Incurred on the Issue
Date will be deemed to have been Incurred under Section 4.06(b)(1). For purposes
of determining compliance with Sections 4.06(b)(1) and 4.06(b)(14), Indebtedness
Incurred in a currency other than U.S. dollars shall at all times be deemed to
be outstanding in U.S. dollars calculated at an exchange rate equal to the
applicable exchange rate at the time of the Incurrence of such non-U.S. dollar
Indebtedness (or, in case of revolving Indebtedness, at the time of the most
recent Incurrence of any Indebtedness under such revolving credit facility).

<Page>

                                                                              54

          (e)  Notwithstanding Section 4.06(a) or 4.06(b), the Company shall
not, and shall not permit any Guarantor to, Incur any Indebtedness, unless such
Indebtedness is Incurred in compliance with Sections 4.07 and 4.08.

          SECTION 4.07.  LIMITATION ON LIENS.  The Company shall not, and shall
not permit any Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or
suffer to exist or become effective any Lien securing Indebtedness of any kind
(other than Senior Indebtedness), on or with respect to any of its assets,
whether owned at the Issue Date or thereafter acquired, unless (a) in the case
of any Lien securing Subordinated Obligations, the Notes (or the appropriate
Guaranty) are secured by a Lien on such assets that is senior in priority to
such Lien and (b) in the case of any other Lien, the Notes (or the appropriate
Guaranty) are either secured equally and ratably with such Indebtedness or are
secured by a Lien on such assets that is senior in priority to such Lien.

          SECTION 4.08.  ANTI-LAYERING.  The Company shall not, and shall not
permit any Guarantor to, Incur any Indebtedness if such Indebtedness is
subordinate or junior in right of payment to any Senior Indebtedness of such
Person, unless such Indebtedness is Senior Subordinated Indebtedness or is
expressly subordinated in right of payment to Senior Subordinated Indebtedness
of such Person.

          SECTION 4.09.  LIMITATION ON RESTRICTIONS ON DISTRIBUTIONS FROM
RESTRICTED SUBSIDIARIES.  The Company shall not, and shall not permit any
Restricted Subsidiary to, create or otherwise cause or permit to exist or become
effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any
Restricted Subsidiary to (a) pay dividends or make any other distributions on
its Capital Stock to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or pay any
Indebtedness owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, (b) make any loans
or advances to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or (c) transfer any of its
property or assets to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, except:

          (1)  with respect to clauses (a), (b) and (c),

               (A)  any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to an agreement in
          effect at or entered into on the Issue Date;

               (B)  any encumbrance or restriction with respect to a Restricted
          Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement

<Page>

                                                                              55

          relating to any Indebtedness Incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary on
          or prior to the date on which such Restricted Subsidiary was acquired
          by the Company (other than Indebtedness Incurred as consideration in,
          or to provide all or any portion of the funds or credit support
          utilized to consummate, the transaction or series of related
          transactions pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary became a
          Restricted Subsidiary or was acquired by the Company) and outstanding
          on such date;

               (C)  any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to an agreement
          effecting an amendment, modification, restatement, renewal,
          replacement or Refinancing of Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to an
          agreement referred to in Section 4.09(1)(A) or 4.09(1)(B) or this
          clause (C) or contained in any amendment to an agreement referred to
          in Section 4.09(1)(A) or 4.09(1)(B) or this clause (C); PROVIDED,
          HOWEVER, that the encumbrances and restrictions with respect to such
          Restricted Subsidiary contained in any such refinancing agreement or
          amendment are no less favorable to the Noteholders than encumbrances
          and restrictions with respect to such Restricted Subsidiary contained
          in such predecessor agreements;

               (D)  any encumbrance or restriction arising under any applicable
          law, rule, regulation or order; and

               (E)  any encumbrance or restriction that (i) arises pursuant to
          the terms of any agreement entered into in connection with any
          Qualified Receivables Transaction and (ii) applies only to a
          Receivables Subsidiary; and

          (2)  with respect to clause (c) only,

               (A)  any encumbrance or restriction consisting of a customary
          nonassignment provision in a lease, license or similar ordinary course
          of business agreement;

               (B)  any restriction contained in a security agreement or
          mortgage securing Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary to the
          extent such restriction restricts the transfer of the property subject
          to such security agreement or mortgage; and

<Page>

                                                                              56

               (C)  any restriction with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary
          imposed pursuant to an agreement entered into for the sale or
          disposition of all or substantially all the Capital Stock or assets of
          such Restricted Subsidiary pending the closing of such sale or
          disposition.

          SECTION 4.10.  LIMITATION ON SALES OF ASSETS AND SUBSIDIARY STOCK.

          (a)  The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted
Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, consummate any Asset Disposition unless:

          (1)  the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary receives consideration
     at the time of such Asset Disposition at least equal to the fair market
     value (including as to the value of all non-cash consideration), as
     determined in good faith by an executive officer of the Company (if such
     fair market value is less than $1.0 million) or by the Board of Directors
     (in all other cases), of the shares and assets subject to such Asset
     Disposition;

          (2)  at least 75% of the consideration thereof received by the Company
     or such Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of cash or cash equivalents;
     and

          (3)  an amount equal to 100% of the Net Available Cash from such Asset
     Disposition is applied by the Company (or such Restricted Subsidiary, as
     the case may be)

               (A)  FIRST, to the extent the Company elects (or is required by
          the terms of any Indebtedness), to prepay, repay, redeem or purchase
          Senior Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor or Indebtedness of
          a Wholly Controlled Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor (in each case
          other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or an Affiliate of the
          Company) within one year from the later of the date of such Asset
          Disposition or the receipt of such Net Available Cash;

               (B)  SECOND, to the extent of the balance of such Net Available
          Cash after application in accordance with clause (A), to the extent
          the Company elects, to acquire Additional Assets within one year from
          the later of the date of such Asset Disposition or the receipt of such
          Net Available Cash; and

<Page>

                                                                              57

               (C)  THIRD, to the extent of the balance of such Net Available
          Cash after application in accordance with clauses (A) and (B), to make
          an offer to the holders of the Notes (and to holders of other Senior
          Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company designated by the Company) to
          purchase Notes (and such other Senior Subordinated Indebtedness of the
          Company) pursuant to and subject to the conditions contained in this
          Indenture;

     PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that in connection with any prepayment, repayment or
     purchase of Indebtedness pursuant to clause (A) or (C) of this Section
     4.07(a), the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary shall permanently retire
     such Indebtedness and shall cause the related loan commitment (if any) to
     be permanently reduced in an amount equal to the principal amount so
     prepaid, repaid or purchased.

          Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 4.10, the
Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries shall not be required to apply any Net
Available Cash in accordance with this Section 4.10 except to the extent that
the aggregate Net Available Cash from all Asset Dispositions which is not
applied in accordance with this Section 4.10 exceeds $10.0 million. Pending
application of Net Available Cash pursuant to this Section 4.10, such Net
Available Cash shall be invested in Temporary Cash Investments or applied to
temporarily reduce revolving credit indebtedness.

          For the purposes of clause (a)(2) of this Section 4.10, the following
are deemed to be cash or cash equivalents: (1) the assumption of Senior
Indebtedness of the Company or any Guarantor or Indebtedness of any Wholly
Controlled Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor (in each case other than
Indebtedness owed to the Company or an Affiliate of the Company) and the release
of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from all liability on such
Indebtedness in connection with such Asset Disposition; and (2) securities
received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from the transferee that
are promptly converted by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash.

          (b)  In the event of an Asset Disposition that requires the purchase
of Notes (and other Senior Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company) pursuant to
Section 4.10(a)(3)(C), the Company shall make such offer to purchase Notes on or
before the 366th day after the date of such Asset Disposition, and shall
purchase Notes tendered pursuant to an offer by the

<Page>

                                                                              58

Company for the Notes (and such other Senior Subordinated Indebtedness of the
Company) at a purchase price of 100% of their principal amount (or, in the event
such other Senior Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company was issued with
significant original issue discount, 100% of the accreted value thereof) without
premium, PLUS accrued but unpaid interest (or, in respect of such other Senior
Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company, such lesser price, if any, as may be
provided for by the terms of such Senior Subordinated Indebtedness of the
Company) in accordance with the procedures (including prorating in the event of
oversubscription) set forth in this Indenture. If the aggregate purchase price
of the Notes and other Senior Subordinated Indebtedness tendered exceeds the Net
Available Cash allotted to their purchase, the Company shall select the
securities to be purchased on a PRO RATA basis but in round denominations, which
in the case of the Notes shall be denominations of $1,000 principal amount or
multiples thereof. The Company shall not be required to make such an offer to
purchase Notes (and other Senior Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company)
pursuant to this Section 4.10 if the Net Available Cash available therefor is
less than $10.0 million (which lesser amount shall be carried forward for
purposes of determining whether such an offer is required with respect to the
Net Available Cash from any subsequent Asset Disposition). Upon completion of
any application of Net Available Cash in accordance with the foregoing
provisions of clause (a) (3) of this Section 4.10, the amount of Net Available
Cash shall be reset at zero.

          (c)  The Company shall comply, to the extent applicable, with the
requirements of Section 14(e) of the Exchange Act and any other securities laws
or regulations in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to this
Section 4.10. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or
regulations conflict with provisions of this Section 4.10, the Company shall
comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be
deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section 4.10 by virtue of its
compliance with such securities laws or regulations.

          (d)  The provisions under this Indenture relative to the Company's
obligation to make an offer to purchase the Notes as a result of an Asset
Disposition may be waived or modified with the written consent of the holders of
a majority in principal amount of the Notes.

          SECTION 4.11.  LIMITATION ON AFFILIATE TRANSACTIONS.

<Page>

                                                                              59

          (a)  The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted
Subsidiary to, enter into or permit to exist any transaction (including the
purchase, sale, lease or exchange of any property, employee compensation
arrangements or the rendering of any service) with, or for the benefit of, any
Affiliate of the Company (an "AFFILIATE TRANSACTION") unless:

          (1)  the terms of the Affiliate Transaction are no less favorable to
     the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that could be obtained
     at the time of the Affiliate Transaction in arm's-length dealings with a
     Person who is not an Affiliate;

          (2)  if such Affiliate Transaction involves an amount in excess of
     $5.0 million, the terms of the Affiliate Transaction are set forth in
     writing and a majority of the non-employee directors of the Company
     disinterested with respect to such Affiliate Transaction shall have
     determined in good faith that the criteria set forth in clause (1) of this
     Section 4.11 are satisfied and shall have approved the relevant Affiliate
     Transaction as evidenced by a resolution of the Board of Directors; and

          (3)  if such Affiliate Transaction involves an amount in excess of
     $15.0 million, the Board of Directors shall also have received a written
     opinion from an Independent Qualified Party to the effect that such
     Affiliate Transaction is fair, from a financial standpoint, to the Company
     and its Restricted Subsidiaries or is not less favorable to the Company and
     its Restricted Subsidiaries than could reasonably be expected to be
     obtained at the time in an arm's-length transaction with a Person who was
     not an Affiliate.

          (b)  The provisions of Section 4.11(a) shall not prohibit:

          (1)  any Investment (other than a Permitted Investment) or other
     Restricted Payment, in each case permitted to be made pursuant to Section
     4.05;

          (2)  any issuance of securities, or other payments, awards or grants
     in cash, securities or otherwise pursuant to, or the funding of, employment
     arrangements, stock options and stock ownership plans approved by the Board
     of Directors;

<Page>

                                                                              60

          (3)  loans or advances to employees in the ordinary course of business
     in accordance with the past practices of the Company or its Restricted
     Subsidiaries, but in any event not to exceed $0.5 million in the aggregate
     outstanding at any one time;

          (4)  the payment of reasonable fees and compensation (including health
     benefits, vacation, severance, compensation and similar benefits) to, and
     provision of customary indemnification on behalf of, directors, employees,
     consultants and agents of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary as
     determined in good faith by the Board of Directors or the Company's senior
     management;

          (5)  any transaction (i) between or among the Company and/or its
     Restricted Subsidiaries or (ii) between or among the Company, a Restricted
     Subsidiary or any other Person that would constitute an Affiliate
     Transaction solely because the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary owns an
     equity interest in or otherwise controls such Person;

          (6)  the issuance or sale of any Capital Stock (other than
     Disqualified Stock) of the Company;

          (7)  transactions with distributors, suppliers or other purchasers or
     sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of
     business consistent with past practices and otherwise in compliance with
     the terms of this Indenture, and which are on terms at least as favorable
     to the Company as might reasonably have been obtained at such time from an
     unaffiliated third party;

          (8)  any transaction in connection with a Qualified Receivables
     Transaction between a Receivables Subsidiary and any Person in which the
     Receivables Subsidiary has an Investment; and

          (9)  any agreement that was outstanding as of the Issue Date and was
     disclosed in the Offering Circular under the heading "Related Party
     Transactions" and any amendment to such agreement so long as such amendment
     is not more disadvantageous to the Holders than the original agreement as
     in effect on the Issue Date.

          SECTION 4.12.  GUARANTORS.  The Company shall cause (1) each Domestic
Subsidiary (other than a Receivables Subsidiary) and (2) each Foreign Subsidiary
that Guarantees any Indebtedness of the Company or a Domestic Subsidiary, in
each

<Page>

                                                                              61

case to, at the same time, execute and deliver to the Trustee a Supplemental
Guaranty Agreement pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary will Guarantee
payment of the Notes on the same terms and conditions as those set forth in this
Indenture.

          SECTION 4.13.  FURTHER INSTRUMENTS AND ACTS.  Upon request of the
Trustee, the Company will execute and deliver such further instruments and do
such further acts as may be reasonably necessary or proper to carry out more
effectively the purpose of this Indenture.

                                    ARTICLE 5

                                     MERGER

          SECTION 5.01.  MERGER AND CONSOLIDATION.

          (a)  The Company shall not consolidate with or merge with or into, or
convey, transfer or lease, in one transaction or a series of transactions,
directly or indirectly, all or substantially all its assets to, any Person,
unless:

          (1)  the resulting, surviving or transferee Person (the "SUCCESSOR
     COMPANY") shall be a Person organized and existing under the laws of the
     United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia and
     the Successor Company (if not the Company) shall expressly assume, by an
     indenture supplemental hereto, executed and delivered to the Trustee, in
     form satisfactory to the Trustee, all the obligations of the Company under
     the Notes and this Indenture;

          (2)  immediately after giving PRO FORMA effect to such transaction
     (and treating any Indebtedness of the Successor Company (if not the
     Company) and its Subsidiaries as having been Incurred by the Successor
     Company or such Subsidiary at the time of such transaction), no Default
     shall have occurred and be continuing;

          (3)  immediately after giving PRO FORMA effect to such transaction,
     the Successor Company would be able to Incur an additional $1.00 of
     Indebtedness pursuant to Section 4.06(a);

          (4)  each Person that is required pursuant to the terms of this
     Indenture to be a Guarantor shall have become a Guarantor pursuant to a
     Supplemental Guaranty Agreement or shall have confirmed its Guaranty
     pursuant to a

<Page>

                                                                              62

     supplemental indenture in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (but
     this clause (4) shall not apply to Guarantors that were Guarantors prior to
     such transaction if, as a result of such transaction, the Company is the
     Successor Company);

          (5)  the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers'
     Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such
     consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indenture (if any)
     comply with this Indenture; and

          (6)  the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of
     Counsel to the effect that the Holders will not recognize income, gain or
     loss for Federal income tax purposes as a result of such transaction and
     will be subject to Federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same
     manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such
     transaction had not occurred;

PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that clause (3) will not be applicable (A) to the Company
consolidating with, merging into, conveying, transferring or leasing all or part
of its assets to the Company or a Guarantor or (B) to the Company merging with
an Affiliate of the Company solely for the purpose and with the sole effect of
reincorporating the Company in another jurisdiction within the United States of
America.

          The Successor Company (if not the Company) shall be the successor to
the Company and shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every
right and power of, the Company under this Indenture, and the predecessor
Company, except in the case of a lease, shall be released from the obligation to
pay the principal of and interest on the Notes.

          (b)  The Company shall not permit any Guarantor to consolidate with or
merge with or into, or convey, transfer or lease, in one transaction or a series
of transactions, all or substantially all of its assets to any Person unless:

          (1)  except in the case of a Guarantor that has been disposed of in
     its entirety to another Person (other than to the Company or an Affiliate
     of the Company), whether through a merger, consolidation or sale of Capital
     Stock or assets, if in connection therewith the Company provides an
     Officers' Certificate to the Trustee to the effect that the Company will
     comply with, and does comply with, its obligations under Section 4.10 in
     respect of such

<Page>

                                                                              63

     disposition, the resulting, surviving or transferee Person (if not such
     Subsidiary) shall be a Person organized and existing under the laws of the
     jurisdiction under which such Subsidiary was organized or under the laws of
     the United States of America, or any State thereof or the District of
     Columbia, and such Person shall expressly assume, by a Supplemental
     Guaranty Agreement, in a form satisfactory to the Trustee, all the
     obligations of such Subsidiary, if any, under its Guaranty; and

          (2)  the Company delivers to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate and
     an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or
     transfer and such Supplemental Guaranty Agreement, if any, complies with
     this Indenture.

          (c)  Notwithstanding clauses (a) and (b) of this Section 5.01, any
Guarantor may consolidate with or merge with or into or convey, transfer or
lease, in one transaction or a series of transactions, all or substantially all
of its assets to the Company.

                                    ARTICLE 6

                              DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

          SECTION 6.01.  EVENTS OF DEFAULT.  Each of the following is an
"EVENT OF DEFAULT":

          (1)  the Company defaults in any payment of interest on any Note when
     the same becomes due and payable, whether or not such payment shall be
     prohibited by Article 10, and such default continues for 30 days;

          (2)  the Company (i) defaults in the payment of the principal of any
     Note when the same becomes due and payable at its Stated Maturity, upon
     optional redemption, upon declaration of acceleration or otherwise, or (ii)
     fails to purchase any Note when required pursuant to this Indenture or the
     Notes, in each case whether or not such payment, redemption or purchase
     shall be prohibited by Article 10;

          (3)  the Company fails to comply with Section 5.01;

          (4)  the Company fails to comply with Section 4.02, 4.04, 4.05, 4.06,
     4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10, 4.11 or 4.12 (other than a failure to purchase
     Notes when required under

<Page>

                                                                              64

     Section 4.04 or 4.10) and such failure continues for 30 days after the
     notice specified below;

          (5)  the Company or any Guarantor fails to comply with any of its
     agreements in the Notes or this Indenture (other than those referred to in
     clause (1), (2), (3) or (4) above) and such failure continues for 60 days
     after the notice specified below;

          (6)  Indebtedness of the Company, any Guarantor or any Significant
     Subsidiary is not paid within any applicable grace period after final
     maturity or is accelerated by the holders thereof because of a default and
     the total amount of such Indebtedness unpaid or accelerated exceeds $10.0
     million, or its foreign currency equivalent at the time;

          (7)  the Company, any Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary pursuant
     to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law:

               (A)  commences a voluntary case;

               (B)  consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in
          an involuntary case;

               (C)  consents to the appointment of a Custodian of it or for any
          substantial part of its property; or

               (D)  makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors;

     or takes any comparable action under any foreign laws relating to
     insolvency;

          (8)  a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under
     any Bankruptcy Law that:

               (A)  is for relief against the Company, any Guarantor or any
          Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case;

               (B)  appoints a Custodian of the Company, any Guarantor or any
          Significant Subsidiary or for any substantial part of its property; or

               (C)  orders the winding up or liquidation of the Company, any
          Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary;

<Page>

                                                                              65

     or any similar relief is granted under any foreign laws and the order or
     decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 days; or

          (9)  any judgment or decree for the payment of money in excess of
     $10.0 million (or its foreign currency equivalent at the time) is entered
     against the Company, a Guarantor or any Significant Subsidiary, remains
     outstanding for a period of 60 consecutive days following the entry of such
     judgment or decree and is not discharged, waived or the execution thereof
     stayed; or

          (10) a Guaranty ceases to be in full force and effect (other than in
     accordance with the terms of such Guaranty) or any Guarantor denies or
     disaffirms its obligations under its Guaranty.

          The foregoing will constitute Events of Default whatever the reason
for any such Event of Default and whether it is voluntary or involuntary or is
effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any
court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental
body.

          The term "BANKRUPTCY LAW" means Title 11, UNITED STATES CODE, or any
similar Federal or state law for the relief of debtors. The term "CUSTODIAN"
means any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator, custodian or similar official
under any Bankruptcy Law.

          A Default under clauses (4) or (5) of this Section 6.01 is not an
Event of Default until the Trustee or the holders of at least 25% in principal
amount of the outstanding Notes notify the Company of the default and the
Company does not cure such default within the time specified after receipt of
such notice.

          The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within 30 days after the
occurrence thereof, written notice in the form of an Officers' Certificate of
any Event of Default under clause (6) or (10) of this Section 6.01 and any event
which with the giving of notice or the lapse of time would become an Event of
Default under clause (4), (5) or (9) of this Section 6.01, its status and what
action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

          SECTION 6.02.  ACCELERATION.  If an Event of Default (other than an
Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(7) or

<Page>

                                                                              66

(8)) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee by notice to the Company, or the
Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes by notice
to the Company and the Trustee, may declare the principal of and accrued but
unpaid interest on all the Notes to be due and payable. Upon such a declaration,
such principal and interest shall be due and payable immediately. If an Event of
Default specified in Section 6.01(7) or (8) with respect to the Company or a
Guarantor occurs and is continuing, the principal of and interest on all the
Notes shall IPSO FACTO become and be immediately due and payable without any
declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Noteholders. The
Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes by notice to the Trustee
may rescind an acceleration and its consequences if the rescission would not
conflict with any judgment or decree and if all existing Events of Default have
been cured or waived except nonpayment of principal or interest that has become
due solely because of acceleration. No such rescission shall affect any
subsequent Default or impair any right consequent thereto.

          In the event of a declaration of acceleration of the Notes because an
Event of Default described in clause (5) of this Section 6.01 has occurred and
is continuing, the declaration of acceleration of the Notes shall be
automatically annulled if (A) the event of default or payment default triggering
such Event of Default pursuant to clause (5) of this Section 6.01 shall be
remedied or cured by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or waived by the
holders of the relevant Indebtedness within 20 days after the declaration of
acceleration with respect thereto, (B) the annulment of the acceleration of the
Notes would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent
jurisdiction and (C) all existing Events of Default, except nonpayment of
principal, premium or interest on the Notes that became due solely because of
the acceleration of the Notes, have been cured or waived.

          SECTION 6.03.  OTHER REMEDIES.  If an Event of Default occurs and is
continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment
of principal of or interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any
provision of the Notes or this Indenture.

          The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any
of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or
omission by the Trustee or any Noteholder in exercising any right or remedy
accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or
constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default.

<Page>

                                                                              67

No remedy is exclusive of any other remedy. All available remedies are
cumulative.

          SECTION 6.04.  WAIVER OF PAST DEFAULTS.  The Holders of a majority in
principal amount of the Notes by notice to the Trustee may waive an existing
Default and its consequences except (i) a Default in the payment of the
principal of or interest on a Note, (ii) a Default arising from the failure to
redeem or purchase any Note when required pursuant to this Indenture or (iii) a
Default in respect of a provision that under Section 9.02 cannot be amended
without the consent of each Noteholder affected. When a Default is waived, it is
deemed cured, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default
or impair any consequent right.

          SECTION 6.05.  CONTROL BY MAJORITY.  The Holders of a majority in
principal amount of the outstanding Notes are given the right to direct the
time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to
the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee.
However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law
or this Indenture or, subject to Section 7.01, that the Trustee determines is
unduly prejudicial to the rights of other Noteholders or would involve the
Trustee in personal liability; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Trustee may take any
other action deemed proper by the Trustee that is not inconsistent with such
direction. Prior to taking any action hereunder, the Trustee shall be entitled
to indemnification satisfactory to it in its sole discretion against all losses
and expenses caused by taking or not taking such action.

          SECTION 6.06.  LIMITATION ON SUITS.  Except to enforce the right to
receive payment of principal, premium (if any) or interest when due, no
Noteholder may pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes
unless:

          (1)  the Holder gives to the Trustee written notice stating that an
     Event of Default is continuing;

          (2)  the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Notes make
     a written request to the Trustee to pursue the remedy;

          (3)  such Holder or Holders offer to the Trustee reasonable security
     or indemnity against any loss, liability or expense;

<Page>

                                                                              68

          (4)  the Trustee does not comply with the request within 60 days after
     receipt of the request and the offer of security or indemnity; and

          (5)  the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes do not
     give the Trustee a direction inconsistent with the request during such
     60-day period.

          A Noteholder may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of
another Noteholder or to obtain a preference or priority over another
Noteholder.

          SECTION 6.07.  RIGHTS OF HOLDERS TO RECEIVE PAYMENT.  Notwithstanding
any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder to receive
payment of principal of and interest on the Notes held by such Holder, on or
after the respective due dates expressed in the Notes, or to bring suit for the
enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be
impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.

          SECTION 6.08.  COLLECTION SUIT BY TRUSTEE.  If an Event of Default
specified in Section 6.01(1) or (2) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may
recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the
Company or any Guarantor for the whole amount then due and owing (together with
interest on any unpaid interest to the extent lawful) and the amounts provided
for in Section 7.07.

          SECTION 6.09.  TRUSTEE MAY FILE PROOFS OF CLAIM.  The Trustee may file
such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or
advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee and the Noteholders allowed
in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company, its creditors or its
property and, unless prohibited by law or applicable regulations, may vote on
behalf of the Holders in any election of a trustee in bankruptcy or other Person
performing similar functions, and any Custodian in any such judicial proceeding
is hereby authorized by each Holder to make payments to the Trustee and, in the
event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to
the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due it for the reasonable
compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents
and its counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07.

<Page>

                                                                              69

          SECTION 6.10.  PRIORITIES.  If the Trustee collects any money or
property pursuant to this Article 6, it shall pay out the money or property in
the following order:

          FIRST:  to the Trustee for amounts due under Section 7.07;

          SECOND:  to holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Company and, if such
     money or property has been collected from a Guarantor, to holders of Senior
     Indebtedness of such Guarantor, in each case to the extent required by
     Articles 10 and 12;

          THIRD:  to Noteholders for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for
     principal and interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any
     kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal
     and interest, respectively; and

          FOURTH:  to the Company.

          The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to
Noteholders pursuant to this Section 6.10. At least 15 days before such record
date, the Company shall mail to each Noteholder and the Trustee a notice that
states the record date, the payment date and amount to be paid.

          SECTION 6.11.  UNDERTAKING FOR COSTS.  In any suit for the enforcement
of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee
for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, a court in its discretion may
require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay
the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable
costs, including reasonable attorneys' fees, against any party litigant in the
suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses
made by the party litigant. This Section 6.11 does not apply to a suit by the
Trustee, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 6.07 or a suit by Holders of
more than 10% in principal amount of the Notes.

          SECTION 6.12.  WAIVER OF STAY OR EXTENSION LAWS.  The Company and each
Guarantor (to the extent it may lawfully do so) covenants that it shall not at
any time insist upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the
benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law wherever enacted, now or at
any time hereafter in force, which may affect the covenants or the performance
of this Indenture; and the Company and each

<Page>

                                                                              70

Guarantor (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all
benefit or advantage of any such law, and shall not hinder, delay or impede the
execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but shall suffer and
permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted.

                                    ARTICLE 7

                                     TRUSTEE

          SECTION 7.01.  DUTIES OF TRUSTEE.

          (a)  If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the
Trustee shall exercise the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture and
use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise as a prudent Person
would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such Person's
own affairs.

          (b)  Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

          (1)  the Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such
     duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no implied
     covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the
     Trustee; and

          (2)  in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may
     conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of
     the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to
     the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However,
     the Trustee shall examine the certificates and opinions to determine
     whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture.

          (c)  The Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own
negligent action, its own negligent failure to act or its own willful
misconduct, except that:

          (1)  this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this
     Section 7.01;

          (2)  the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in
     good faith by a Trust Officer unless it is proved that the Trustee was
     negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and

<Page>

                                                                              71

          (3)  the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it
     takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction
     received by it pursuant to Section 6.05.

          (d)  Every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the
Trustee is subject to Sections 7.01 and 7.02.

          (e)  The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money
received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Company.

          (f)  Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from
other funds except to the extent required by law.

          (g)  No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to
expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur financial liability in the
performance of any of its duties hereunder or in the exercise of any of its
rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds to believe that repayment
of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not
reasonably assured to it.

          (h)  Every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or
affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee shall be
subject to the provisions of this Section 7.01 and to the provisions of the TIA.

          SECTION 7.02.  RIGHTS OF TRUSTEE.

          (a)  The Trustee may rely on any document believed by it to be genuine
and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not
investigate any fact or matter stated in the document.

          (b)  Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require
an Officers' Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee shall not be
liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on the
Officers' Certificate or Opinion of Counsel.

          (c)  The Trustee may act through agents and shall not be responsible
for the misconduct or negligence of any agent appointed with due care.

          (d)  The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits
to take in good faith which it believes to be

<Page>

                                                                              72

authorized or within its rights or powers; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Trustee's
conduct does not constitute willful misconduct or negligence.

          (e)  The Trustee may consult with counsel, and the advice or opinion
of counsel with respect to legal matters relating to this Indenture and the
Notes shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in
respect to any action taken, omitted or suffered by it hereunder in good faith
and in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel.

          SECTION 7.03.  INDIVIDUAL RIGHTS OF TRUSTEE.  The Trustee in its
individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and
may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates with the same rights it
would have if it were not Trustee. Any Paying Agent, Registrar, co-registrar or
co-paying agent may do the same with like rights. However, the Trustee must
comply with Sections 7.10 and 7.11.

          SECTION 7.04.  TRUSTEE'S DISCLAIMER.  The Trustee shall not be
responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of
this Indenture or the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Company's use
of the proceeds from the Notes, and it shall not be responsible for any
statement of the Company in this Indenture or in any document issued in
connection with the sale of the Notes or in the Notes other than the Trustee's
certificate of authentication.

          SECTION 7.05.  NOTICE OF DEFAULTS.  If a Default occurs and is
continuing and if it is known to the Trustee, the Trustee shall mail to each
Noteholder notice of the Default within 90 days after it occurs. Except in the
case of a Default in payment of principal of or interest on any Note (including
payments pursuant to the mandatory redemption provisions of such Note, if any),
the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a committee of its Trust
Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is not opposed to
the interests of Noteholders.

          SECTION 7.06.  REPORTS BY TRUSTEE TO HOLDERS.  As promptly as
practicable after each May 15 beginning with the May 15 following the date of
this Indenture, and in any event prior to July 15 in each year, the Trustee
shall mail to each Noteholder a brief report dated as of May 15 that complies
with TIA Section 313(a) (but if no event described in TIA Section 313(a) has
occurred within the twelve months preceding the reporting date,

<Page>

                                                                              73

no report need be mailed). The Trustee also shall comply with TIA Section
313(b).

          A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to Noteholders shall
be filed with the SEC and each stock exchange (if any) on which the Notes are
listed. The Company agrees to notify promptly the Trustee whenever the Notes
become listed on any stock exchange and of any delisting thereof.

          SECTION 7.07.  COMPENSATION AND INDEMNITY.  The Company shall pay to
the Trustee such compensation as shall be agreed upon in writing for its
services. The Trustee's compensation shall not be limited by any law on
compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Company shall reimburse the
Trustee upon request for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred or made
by it, including costs of collection, in addition to the compensation for its
services. Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation and expenses,
disbursements and advances of the Trustee's agents, counsel, accountants and
experts. The Company shall indemnify the Trustee against any and all loss,
liability or expense (including reasonable attorneys' fees) incurred by it in
connection with the administration of this trust and the performance of its
duties hereunder, except as set forth in the last sentence of this paragraph.
The Trustee shall notify the Company promptly of any claim for which it may seek
indemnity. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Company shall not relieve the
Company of its obligations hereunder unless and to the extent the Company is
prejudiced by such negligent failure. The Company shall defend the claim and the
Trustee may have separate counsel and the Company shall pay the reasonable fees
and expenses of such counsel. The Company need not pay for any settlement made
without its consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. The
Company need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss, liability
or expense incurred by the Trustee through the Trustee's own willful misconduct,
negligence or bad faith.

          To secure the Company's payment obligations in this Section 7.07, the
Trustee shall have a lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or
collected by the Trustee other than money or property held in trust to pay
principal of and interest on particular Notes.

          The Company's payment obligations pursuant to this Section 7.07 shall
survive the discharge of this Indenture. When the Trustee incurs expenses after
the occurrence of a Default specified in Section 6.01(7) or (8) with respect to
the

<Page>

                                                                              74

Company, the expenses are intended to constitute expenses of administration
under the Bankruptcy Law.

          SECTION 7.08.  REPLACEMENT OF TRUSTEE.  The Trustee may resign at any
time by so notifying the Company in writing at least 30 days prior to the date
of the proposed resignation. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of
the Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and may appoint a
successor Trustee. The Company may remove the Trustee if:

          (1)  the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10;

          (2)  the Trustee is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent;

          (3)  a receiver or other public officer takes charge of the Trustee or
     its property; or

          (4)  the Trustee otherwise becomes incapable of acting.

          If the Trustee resigns or is removed by the Company and the Company
does not reasonably promptly appoint a successor Trustee or if the Trustee is
removed by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes and such
Holders do not reasonably promptly appoint a successor Trustee, or if a vacancy
exists in the office of Trustee for any other reason (the Trustee in such event
being referred to herein as the retiring Trustee), the Company shall promptly
appoint a successor Trustee.

          A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its
appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company. Thereupon the
resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the
successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee
under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its
succession to Noteholders. The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all
property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, subject to the lien
provided for in Section 7.07.

          If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the
retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee or the Holders of
10% in principal amount of the Notes may petition any court of competent
jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

          If the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10, any Noteholder may
petition any court of competent jurisdiction for

<Page>

                                                                              75

the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

          Notwithstanding the replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this
Section 7.08, the Company's obligations under Section 7.07 shall continue for
the benefit of the retiring Trustee.

          SECTION 7.09.  SUCCESSOR TRUSTEE BY MERGER.  If the Trustee
consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially
all its corporate trust business or assets to, another corporation or banking
association, the resulting, surviving or transferee corporation without any
further act shall be the successor Trustee.

          In case at the time such successor or successors by merger, conversion
or consolidation to the Trustee shall succeed to the trusts created by this
Indenture any of the Notes shall have been authenticated but not delivered, any
such successor to the Trustee may adopt the certificate of authentication of any
predecessor trustee, and deliver such Notes so authenticated; and in case at
that time any of the Notes shall not have been authenticated, any successor to
the Trustee may authenticate such Notes either in the name of any predecessor
hereunder or in the name of the successor to the Trustee; and in all such cases
such certificates shall have the full force which it is anywhere in the Notes or
in this Indenture provided that the certificate of the Trustee shall have.

          SECTION 7.10.  ELIGIBILITY; DISQUALIFICATION.  The Trustee shall at
all times satisfy the requirements of TIA Section 310(a). The Trustee shall have
a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 as set forth in its most
recent published annual report of condition. The Trustee shall comply with TIA
Section 310(b); PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that there shall be excluded from the
operation of TIA Section 310(b)(1) any indenture or indentures under which other
securities or certificates of interest or participation in other securities of
the Company are outstanding if the requirements for such exclusion set forth in
TIA Section 310(b)(1) are met.

          SECTION 7.11.  PREFERENTIAL COLLECTION OF CLAIMS AGAINST COMPANY.  The
Trustee shall comply with TIA Section 311(a), excluding any creditor
relationship listed in TIA Section 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been
removed shall be subject to TIA Section 311(a) to the extent indicated.

<Page>

                                                                              76

                                    ARTICLE 8

                       DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE

          SECTION 8.01.  DISCHARGE OF LIABILITY ON NOTES; DEFEASANCE.

          (a)  When (1) the Company delivers to the Trustee all outstanding
Notes (other than Notes replaced pursuant to Section 2.07) for cancellation or
(2) all outstanding Notes have become due and payable, whether at maturity or on
a redemption date as a result of the mailing of a notice of redemption pursuant
to Article 3 hereof, or (3) all outstanding Notes will become due and payable
within one year or are to be called for redemption within one year under
arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee and, in the case of clauses
(a)(2) and (a)(3) of this Section 8.01, the Company irrevocably deposits with
the Trustee funds sufficient to pay at maturity or upon redemption all
outstanding Notes, including interest thereon to maturity or such redemption
date (other than Notes replaced pursuant to Section 2.07), and if in any case
the Company pays all other sums payable hereunder by the Company, then this
Indenture shall, subject to Section 8.01(c), be satisfied and discharged and
cease to be of further effect. The Trustee shall acknowledge satisfaction and
discharge of this Indenture on demand of the Company accompanied by an Officers'
Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel and at the cost and expense of the
Company.

          (b)  Subject to Sections 8.01(c) and 8.02, the Company at any time may
terminate (1) all its and the Guarantors' Obligations under the Notes and this
Indenture ("LEGAL DEFEASANCE OPTION") or (2) its and the Guarantors' Obligations
under Sections 4.02, 4.04, 4.05, 4.06, 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10, 4.11 and 4.12 and
the operation of Sections 6.01(4), 6.01(6), 6.01(7), 6.01(8), 6.01(9) and
6.01(10) (but, in the case of Sections 6.01(7) and (8), with respect only to
Significant Subsidiaries) and the limitations contained in Sections 5.01(a)(3)
and (a)(4) ("COVENANT DEFEASANCE OPTION"). The Company may exercise its legal
defeasance option not withstanding its prior exercise of its covenant defeasance
option.

          If the Company exercises its legal defeasance option, payment of the
Notes may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default with respect
thereto. If the Company exercises its covenant defeasance option, payment of the
Notes may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default specified in
Sections 6.01(4), 6.01(6), 6.01(7), 6.01(8), 6.01(9) and 6.01(10) (but,

<Page>

                                                                              77

in the case of Sections 6.01(7) and (8), with respect only to Significant
Subsidiaries) or because of the failure of the Company to comply with Sections
5.01(a)(3) and (a)(4). If the Company exercises its legal defeasance option or
its covenant defeasance option, each Guarantor shall be released from all of its
obligations with respect to its Guaranty.

          Upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth herein and upon request
of the Company, the Trustee shall acknowledge in writing the discharge of those
Obligations that the Company terminates.

          (c)  Notwithstanding clauses (a) and (b) of this Section 8.01, the
Company's Obligations in Sections 2.03, 2.04, 2.05, 2.06, 2.07, 2.08, 7.07 and
7.08 and in this Article 8 shall survive until the Notes have been paid in full.
Thereafter, the Company's obligations in Sections 7.07, 8.04 and 8.05 shall
survive.

          SECTION 8.02.  CONDITIONS TO DEFEASANCE.  The Company may exercise its
legal defeasance option or its covenant defeasance option only if:

          (1)  the Company irrevocably deposits in trust with the Trustee money
     or U.S. Government Obligations for the payment of principal of and interest
     on the Notes to maturity or redemption, as the case may be;

          (2)  the Company delivers to the Trustee a certificate from a
     nationally recognized firm of independent accountants expressing their
     opinion that the payments of principal and interest when due and without
     reinvestment on the deposited U.S. Government Obligations plus any
     deposited money without investment will provide cash at such times and in
     such amounts as will be sufficient to pay principal and interest when due
     on all the Notes to maturity or redemption, as the case may be;

          (3)  123 days pass after the deposit is made and during the 123-day
     period no Default specified in Sections 6.01(7) or (8) with respect to the
     Company or a Guarantor occurs which is continuing at the end of the period;

          (4)  the deposit does not constitute a default under any other
     agreement binding on the Company and is not prohibited by Article 10;

<Page>

                                                                              78

          (5)  the Company delivers to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the
     effect that the trust resulting from the deposit does not constitute, or is
     qualified as, a regulated investment company under the Investment Company
     Act of 1940;

          (6)  in the case of the legal defeasance option, the Company shall
     have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel stating that (A) the
     Company has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal
     Revenue Service a ruling, or (B) since the date of this Indenture there has
     been a change in the applicable Federal income tax law, in either case to
     the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm
     that, the Noteholders will not recognize income, gain or loss for Federal
     income tax purposes as a result of such deposit and defeasance and will be
     subject to Federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and
     at the same times as would have been the case if such defeasance had not
     occurred;

          (7)  in the case of the covenant defeasance option, the Company shall
     have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the
     Noteholders will not recognize income, gain or loss for Federal income tax
     purposes as a result of such covenant defeasance and will be subject to
     Federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same
     times as would have been the case if such covenant defeasance had not
     occurred; and

          (8)  the Company delivers to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate and
     an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent to the
     defeasance and discharge of the Notes as contemplated by this Article 8
     have been complied with.

          Before or after a deposit, the Company may make arrangements
satisfactory to the Trustee for the redemption of Notes at a future date in
accordance with Article 3.

          SECTION 8.03.  APPLICATION OF TRUST MONEY.  The Trustee shall hold in
trust money or U.S. Government Obligations deposited with it pursuant to this
Article 8. It shall apply the deposited money and the money from U.S. Government
Obligations through the Paying Agent and in accordance with this Indenture to
the payment of principal of and interest on the Notes. Money and securities so
held in trust are not subject to Article 10.

<Page>

                                                                              79

          SECTION 8.04.  REPAYMENT TO COMPANY.  The Trustee and the Paying Agent
shall promptly turn over to the Company upon request any excess money or
securities held by them at any time.

          Subject to any applicable abandoned property law, the Trustee and the
Paying Agent shall pay to the Company upon request any money held by them for
the payment of principal or interest that remains unclaimed for two years, and,
thereafter, Noteholders entitled to the money must look to the Company for
payment as general creditors.

          SECTION 8.05.  INDEMNITY FOR GOVERNMENT OBLIGATIONS.  The Company
shall pay and shall indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge
imposed on or assessed against deposited U.S. Government Obligations or the
principal and interest received on such U.S. Government Obligations.

          SECTION 8.06.  REINSTATEMENT.  If the Trustee or Paying Agent is
unable to apply any money or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with this
Article 8 by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or
judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or
otherwise prohibiting such application, the Company's obligations under this
Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had
occurred pursuant to this Article 8 until such time as the Trustee or Paying
Agent is permitted to apply all such money or U.S. Government Obligations in
accordance with this Article 8; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that, if the Company has made
any payment of interest on or principal of any Notes because of the
reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights
of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or U.S.
Government Obligations held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

                                    ARTICLE 9

                                   AMENDMENTS

          SECTION 9.01.  WITHOUT CONSENT OF HOLDERS.  The Company, the
Guarantors and the Trustee may amend this Indenture or the Notes without notice
to or consent of any Noteholder:

          (1)  to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency;

          (2)  to provide for the assumption by a Successor Company of the
     Obligations of the Company or any Guarantor under this Indenture pursuant
     to Article 5;

<Page>

                                                                              80

          (3)  to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of
     certificated Notes; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the uncertificated Notes are
     issued in registered form for purposes of Section 163(f) of the Code, or in
     a manner such that the uncertificated Notes are described in Section
     163(f)(2)(B) of the Code;

          (4)  to add guarantees with respect to the Notes, including any
     Guaranties, or to secure the Notes;

          (5)  to add to the covenants of the Company or any Guarantor for the
     benefit of the Holders or to surrender any right or power herein conferred
     upon the Company or any Guarantor;

          (6)  to make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of
     any Noteholder;

          (7)  to comply with any requirements of the SEC in connection with
     qualifying, or maintaining the qualification of, this Indenture under the
     TIA;

          (8)  to evidence the release of a Guarantor pursuant to and in
     accordance with the terms of this Indenture; or

          (9)  to evidence the issuance of Additional Notes pursuant to and in
     compliance with Section 2.13.

          However, an amendment under this Section 9.01 may not make any change
that adversely affects the rights under Article 10 or Article 12 of any holder
of Senior Indebtedness of the Company or of a Guarantor then outstanding unless
such holder of such Senior Indebtedness (or its Representative) consents to such
change.

          After an amendment under this Section 9.01 becomes effective, the
Company shall mail to Noteholders a notice briefly describing such amendment.
The failure to give such notice to all Noteholders, or any defect therein, shall
not impair or affect the validity of an amendment under this Section 9.01.

          SECTION 9.02.  WITH CONSENT OF HOLDERS.  The Company, the Guarantors
and the Trustee may amend this Indenture or the Notes without notice to any
Noteholder but with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in
principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (including consents obtained in
connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for

<Page>

                                                                              81

the Notes). However, without the consent of each Noteholder affected thereby, an
amendment may not:

          (1)  reduce the amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an
     amendment;

          (2)  reduce the rate of or extend the time for payment of interest on
     any Note;

          (3)  reduce the principal amount of or extend the Stated Maturity of
     any Note;

          (4)  reduce the amount payable upon the redemption of any Note or
     change the time at which any Note may be redeemed in accordance with
     Article 3;

          (5)  make any Note payable in money other than that stated in the
     Note;

          (6)  impair the right of any Noteholder to receive payment of
     principal of and interest on such Noteholder's Notes on or after the due
     dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on
     or with respect to such Noteholder's Notes;

          (7)  impair the Company's obligation to make an offer to purchase
     Notes pursuant to Section 4.04 or 4.10 except as permitted under Section
     4.04(g) or 4.10(d), respectively.

          (8)  make any change in the last sentence of Section 4.04(g), Section
     4.10(d), Section 6.04, 6.07 or the second sentence of this Section;

          (9)  make any change in the ranking or priority of any Note that would
     adversely affect the Noteholders; or

          (10) make any change in any Guaranty that would adversely affect the
     Noteholders.

          It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this
Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, but it
shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.

          An amendment under this Section 9.02 may not make any change that
adversely affects the rights under Article 10 or 12 of any holder of Senior
Indebtedness of the Company or of a Guarantor then outstanding unless the
holders of such Senior

<Page>

                                                                              82

Indebtedness (or any group or representative thereof authorized to give a
consent) consent to such change or as otherwise permitted by the notes,
debentures, bonds or other similar instruments evidencing such Senior
Indebtedness.

          After an amendment under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the
Company shall mail to Noteholders a notice briefly describing such amendment.
The failure to give such notice to all Noteholders, or any defect therein, shall
not impair or affect the validity of an amendment under this Section 9.02.

          Pursuant to Section 13.06, in certain circumstances a Note may be
disregarded and deemed not to be outstanding for purposes of this Section.

          SECTION 9.03.  COMPLIANCE WITH TRUST INDENTURE ACT.  Every amendment
to this Indenture or the Notes shall comply with the TIA as then in effect.

          SECTION 9.04.  REVOCATION AND EFFECT OF CONSENTS AND WAIVERS.  A
consent to an amendment or a waiver by a Holder of a Note shall bind the Holder
and every subsequent Holder of that Note or portion of the Note that evidences
the same debt as the consenting Holder's Note, even if notation of the consent
or waiver is not made on the Note. However, any such Holder or subsequent Holder
may revoke the consent or waiver as to such Holder's Note or portion of the Note
if the Trustee receives the notice of revocation before the date the amendment
or waiver becomes effective. After an amendment or waiver becomes effective, it
shall bind every Noteholder. An amendment or waiver becomes effective upon the
execution of such amendment or waiver by the Trustee.

          The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for
the purpose of determining the Noteholders entitled to give their consent or
take any other action described above or required or permitted to be taken
pursuant to this Indenture. If a record date is fixed, then notwithstanding the
immediately preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Noteholders at such
record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only those Persons, shall be
entitled to give such consent or to revoke any consent previously given or to
take any such action, whether or not such Persons continue to be Holders after
such record date. No such consent shall be valid or effective for more than 120
days after such record date.

<Page>

                                                                              83

          SECTION 9.05.  NOTATION ON OR EXCHANGE OF NOTES.  If an amendment
changes the terms of a Note, the Trustee may require the Holder of the Note to
deliver it to the Trustee. The Trustee may place an appropriate notation on the
Note regarding the changed terms and return it to the Holder. Alternatively, if
the Company or the Trustee so determines, the Company in exchange for the Note
shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a new Note that reflects the
changed terms. Failure to make the appropriate notation or to issue a new Note
shall not affect the validity of such amendment.

          SECTION 9.06.  TRUSTEE TO SIGN AMENDMENTS.  The Trustee shall sign any
amendment authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment does not
adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee.
If it does, the Trustee may but need not sign it. In signing such amendment the
Trustee shall be entitled to receive indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it and
to receive, and (subject to Section 7.01) shall be fully protected in relying
upon, an Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that such
amendment is authorized or permitted by this Indenture.

          SECTION 9.07.  PAYMENT FOR CONSENT.  Neither the Company nor any
Affiliate of the Company shall, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid
any consideration, whether by way of interest, fee or otherwise, to any Holder
for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms
or provisions of this Indenture or the Notes unless such consideration is
offered to be paid to all Holders that so consent, waive or agree to amend in
the time frame set forth in solicitation documents relating to such consent,
waiver or agreement.

                                   ARTICLE 10

                                  SUBORDINATION

          SECTION 10.01. AGREEMENT TO SUBORDINATE.  The Company agrees, and each
Noteholder by accepting a Note agrees, that the Indebtedness evidenced by the
Notes is subordinated in right of payment, to the extent and in the manner
provided in this Article 10, to the prior payment of all Senior Indebtedness of
the Company and that the subordination is for the benefit of and enforceable by
the holders of such Senior Indebtedness. The Notes shall in all respects rank
PARI PASSU with all other Senior Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company and
only Indebtedness of the Company which is Senior Indebtedness of the Company
shall rank senior to the Notes in accordance with the

<Page>

                                                                              84

provisions set forth herein. All provisions of this Article 10 shall be subject
to Section 10.14.

          SECTION 10.02. LIQUIDATION, DISSOLUTION, BANKRUPTCY.  Upon any payment
or distribution of the assets of the Company to creditors upon a total or
partial liquidation or a total or partial dissolution of the Company or in a
bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, receivership or similar proceeding
relating to the Company or its property:

          (1)  holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Company shall be entitled
     to receive payment in full in cash of such Senior Indebtedness before
     Noteholders shall be entitled to receive any payment; and

          (2)  until the Senior Indebtedness of the Company is paid in full in
     cash, any payment or distribution to which Noteholders would be entitled
     but for this Article 10 shall be made to holders of such Senior
     Indebtedness as their interests may appear, except that Noteholders may
     receive shares of stock and any debt securities that are subordinated to
     such Senior Indebtedness to at least the same extent as the Notes.

          SECTION 10.03. DEFAULT ON SENIOR INDEBTEDNESS OF THE COMPANY.  The
Company shall not pay the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the
Notes or any other payment Obligation of the Company in respect of the Notes
(including any Obligation to repurchase the Notes) or make any deposit pursuant
to Article 8, and may not purchase, redeem or otherwise retire any Notes
(collectively, "PAY THE NOTES") if either of the following occurs (a "PAYMENT
DEFAULT"): (1) any portion of any Designated Senior Indebtedness of the Company
is not paid in full in cash when due; or (2) any other default on Designated
Senior Indebtedness of the Company occurs and the maturity of such Designated
Senior Indebtedness is accelerated in accordance with its terms; UNLESS, in
either case, the Payment Default has been cured or waived and any such
acceleration has been rescinded or such Designated Senior Indebtedness has been
paid in full in cash; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Company shall be entitled to
pay the Notes without regard to the foregoing if the Company and the Trustee
receive written notice approving such payment from the Representatives of all
Designated Senior Indebtedness with respect to which the Payment Default has
occurred and is continuing.

          During the continuance of any default (other than a Payment Default)
with respect to any Designated Senior

<Page>

                                                                              85

Indebtedness of the Company pursuant to which the maturity thereof may be
accelerated without further notice (except such notice as may be required to
effect such acceleration) or the expiration of any applicable grace periods, the
Company shall not pay the Notes for a period (a "PAYMENT BLOCKAGE PERIOD")
commencing upon the receipt by the Trustee (with a copy to the Company) of a
written notice (a "BLOCKAGE NOTICE") of such default from the Representative of
such Designated Senior Indebtedness specifying an election to effect a Payment
Blockage Period and ending 179 days thereafter. The Payment Blockage Period
shall end earlier if such Payment Blockage Period is terminated: (1) by written
notice to the Trustee and the Company from the Person or Persons who gave such
Blockage Notice, (2) because the default giving rise to such Blockage Notice is
cured, waived or otherwise no longer continuing, or (3) because such Designated
Senior Indebtedness has been discharged or repaid in full in cash.

          Notwithstanding the provisions described in the above paragraph (but
subject to the provisions contained in the first sentence of this Section
10.03), unless the holders of such Designated Senior Indebtedness or the
Representative of such Designated Senior Indebtedness have accelerated the
maturity of such Designated Senior Indebtedness, the Company shall be entitled
to resume payments on the Notes after termination of such Payment Blockage
Period. The Notes shall not be subject to more than one Payment Blockage Period
in any consecutive 360-day period irrespective of the number of defaults with
respect to Designated Senior Indebtedness of the Company during such period;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if any Blockage Notice within such 360-day period is
delivered to the Trustee by or on behalf of any holders of Designated Senior
Indebtedness of the Company (other than holders of the Bank Indebtedness), a
Representative of the holders of the Bank Indebtedness shall be entitled to give
another Blockage Notice within such period; PROVIDED FURTHER, HOWEVER, that in
no event shall the total number of days during which any Payment Blockage Period
or Periods is in effect exceed 179 days in the aggregate during any consecutive
360-day period, and there must be 181 days during any consecutive 360-day period
during which no Payment Blockage Period is in effect.

          SECTION 10.04. ACCELERATION OF PAYMENT OF NOTES.  If payment of the
Notes is accelerated because of an Event of Default, the Company or the Trustee
shall promptly notify the holders of Designated Senior Indebtedness of the
Company or the

<Page>

                                                                              86

Representative of such Designated Senior Indebtedness of the acceleration.

          SECTION 10.05. WHEN DISTRIBUTION MUST BE PAID OVER.  If a payment or
distribution is made to Noteholders that, because of this Article 10, should not
have been made to them, the Noteholders who receive the payment or distribution
shall hold it in trust for the holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Company and
pay it over to them as their interests may appear.

          SECTION 10.06. REINSTATEMENT OF SENIOR INDEBTEDNESS.  To the extent
any payment of or distribution in respect of Senior Indebtedness (whether by or
on behalf of the Company as proceeds of security or enforcement of any right of
setoff or otherwise) is declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or
required to be paid to any receiver, trustee in bankruptcy, liquidating trustee,
agent or other similar Person under any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership,
fraudulent conveyance or similar law, then if such payment or distribution is
recovered by, or paid over to, such receiver, trustee in bankruptcy, liquidating
trustee, agent or other similar Person, the Senior Indebtedness or part thereof
originally intended to be satisfied shall be deemed to be reinstated and
outstanding as if such payment had not occurred.

          SECTION 10.07. SUBROGATION.  After all Senior Indebtedness of the
Company is paid in full and until the Notes are paid in full, Noteholders shall
be subrogated to the rights of holders of such Senior Indebtedness to receive
distributions applicable to such Senior Indebtedness. A distribution made under
this Article 10 to holders of such Senior Indebtedness which otherwise would
have been made to Noteholders is not, as between the Company and Noteholders, a
payment by the Company on such Senior Indebtedness.

          SECTION 10.08. RELATIVE RIGHTS.  This Article 10 defines the relative
rights of Noteholders and holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Company. Nothing
in this Indenture shall:

          (1)  impair, as between the Company and Noteholders, the obligation of
     the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay principal of and
     interest on the Notes in accordance with their terms; or

          (2)  prevent the Trustee or any Noteholder from exercising its
     available remedies upon a Default, subject to the rights of holders of
     Senior Indebtedness of the

<Page>

                                                                              87

     Company to receive distributions otherwise payable to Noteholders.

          SECTION 10.09. SUBORDINATION MAY NOT BE IMPAIRED BY COMPANY.  No right
of any present or future holders of any Senior Indebtedness of the Company to
enforce subordination as provided in this Indenture will at any time in any way
be prejudiced or impaired by noncompliance by the Company with the terms of this
Indenture, regardless of any knowledge thereof that any such holder of Senior
Indebtedness may have or otherwise be charged with.

          SECTION 10.10. RIGHTS OF TRUSTEE AND PAYING AGENT.  Notwithstanding
Section 10.03, the Trustee or Paying Agent shall continue to make payments on
the Notes and shall not be charged with knowledge of the existence of facts that
under this Article 10 would prohibit the making of any such payments unless, not
less than two Business Days prior to the date of such payment, a Trust Officer
of the Trustee receives written notice satisfactory to it that such payments are
prohibited by this Article 10. The Company, the Registrar or co-registrar, the
Paying Agent, a Representative or a holder of Senior Indebtedness of the Company
shall be entitled to give the notice; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that, if an issue of
Senior Indebtedness of the Company has a Representative, only the Representative
shall be entitled to give the notice.

          The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity shall be entitled
to hold Senior Indebtedness of the Company with the same rights it would have if
it were not the Trustee. The Registrar and co-registrar and the Paying Agent
shall be entitled to do the same with like rights. The Trustee shall be entitled
to all the rights set forth in this Article 10 with respect to any Senior
Indebtedness of the Company which may at any time be held by it, to the same
extent as any other holder of such Senior Indebtedness; and nothing in Article 7
shall deprive the Trustee of any of its rights as such holder. Nothing in this
Article 10 shall apply to claims of, or payments to, the Trustee under or
pursuant to Section 7.07.

          SECTION 10.11. RIGHTS OF HOLDERS OF SENIOR INDEBTEDNESS.  The holders
of Senior Indebtedness may, at any time and from time to time, subject to the
terms of such Senior Indebtedness, without the consent of or notice to the
Trustee or the Noteholders, without incurring responsibility to the Noteholders
and without impairing or releasing the subordination provided in this Indenture
or the obligations hereunder of the

<Page>

                                                                              88

Noteholders to the holders of Senior Indebtedness, do any one or more of the
following:

          (1)  change the manner, place or terms of payment or extend the time
     of payment of, or renew or alter, Senior Indebtedness or any instrument
     evidencing the same or any agreement under which Senior Indebtedness is
     outstanding or secured;

          (2)  sell, exchange, release or otherwise deal with any property
     pledged, mortgaged or otherwise securing Senior Indebtedness;

          (3)  release any Person liable in any manner for the collection of
     Senior Indebtedness; and

          (4)  exercise or refrain from exercising any rights against the
     Company and any other Person.

          SECTION 10.12. DISTRIBUTION OR NOTICE TO REPRESENTATIVE.  Whenever any
Person is to make a distribution or give a notice to holders of Senior
Indebtedness of the Company, such Person shall be entitled to make such
distribution or give such notice to their Representative (if any).

          SECTION 10.13. ARTICLE 10 NOT TO PREVENT EVENTS OF DEFAULT OR LIMIT
RIGHT TO ACCELERATE. The failure to make a payment pursuant to the Notes by
reason of any provision in this Article 10 shall not be construed as preventing
the occurrence of a Default. Nothing in this Article 10 shall have any effect on
the right of the Noteholders or the Trustee to accelerate the maturity of the
Notes.

          SECTION 10.14. TRUST MONEYS NOT SUBORDINATED.  Notwithstanding
anything contained herein to the contrary, payments from money or the proceeds
of U.S. Government Obligations held in trust under Article 8 by the Trustee for
the payment of principal of and interest on the Notes shall not be subordinated
to the prior payment of any Senior Indebtedness of the Company or subject to the
restrictions set forth in this Article 10, and none of the Noteholders shall be
obligated to pay over any such amount to the Company or any holder of Senior
Indebtedness of the Company or any other creditor of the Company.

          SECTION 10.15. TRUSTEE ENTITLED TO RELY.  Upon any payment or
distribution pursuant to this Article 10, the Trustee and the Noteholders shall
be entitled to rely (1) upon any order

<Page>

                                                                              89

or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction in which any proceedings of the
nature referred to in Section 10.02 are pending, (2) upon a certificate of the
liquidating trustee or agent or other Person making such payment or distribution
to the Trustee or to the Noteholders or (3) upon the Representatives of Senior
Indebtedness of the Company for the purpose of ascertaining the Persons entitled
to participate in such payment or distribution, the holders of such Senior
Indebtedness and other Indebtedness of the Company, the amount thereof or
payable thereon, the amount or amounts paid or distributed thereon and all other
facts pertinent thereto or to this Article 10. In the event that the Trustee
determines, in good faith, that evidence is required with respect to the right
of any Person as a holder of Senior Indebtedness of the Company to participate
in any payment or distribution pursuant to this Article 10, the Trustee shall be
entitled to request such Person to furnish evidence to the reasonable
satisfaction of the Trustee as to the amount of such Senior Indebtedness held by
such Person, the extent to which such Person is entitled to participate in such
payment or distribution and other facts pertinent to the rights of such Person
under this Article 10, and, if such evidence is not furnished, the Trustee shall
be entitled to defer any payment to such Person pending judicial determination
as to the right of such Person to receive such payment. The provisions of
Sections 7.01 and 7.02 shall be applicable to all actions or omissions of
actions by the Trustee pursuant to this Article 10.

          SECTION 10.16. TRUSTEE TO EFFECTUATE SUBORDINATION.  Each Noteholder
by accepting a Note authorizes and directs the Trustee on its behalf to take
such action as may be necessary or appropriate to acknowledge or effectuate the
subordination between the Noteholders and the holders of Senior Indebtedness of
the Company as provided in this Article 10 and appoints the Trustee as
attorney-in-fact for any and all such purposes.

          SECTION 10.17. TRUSTEE NOT FIDUCIARY FOR HOLDERS  OF SENIOR
INDEBTEDNESS OF THE COMPANY. The Trustee shall not be deemed to owe any
fiduciary duty to the holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Company and shall
not be liable to any such holders if it shall mistakenly pay over or distribute
to Noteholders or the Company or any other Person, money or assets to which any
holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Company shall be entitled by virtue of
this Article 10 or otherwise.

          SECTION 10.18. RELIANCE BY HOLDERS OF SENIOR INDEBTEDNESS OF THE
COMPANY ON SUBORDINATION PROVISIONS. Each Noteholder by accepting a Note
acknowledges and agrees that the foregoing subordination provisions are, and are
intended to be,

<Page>

                                                                              90

an inducement and a consideration to each holder of any Senior Indebtedness of
the Company, whether such Senior Indebtedness was created or acquired before or
after the issuance of the Notes, to acquire and continue to hold, or to continue
to hold, such Senior Indebtedness and such holder of such Senior Indebtedness
shall be deemed conclusively to have relied on such subordination provisions in
acquiring and continuing to hold, or in continuing to hold, such Senior
Indebtedness.

                                   ARTICLE 11

                                   GUARANTIES

          SECTION 11.01. GUARANTIES.  Each Guarantor hereby unconditionally and
irrevocably guarantees, jointly and severally, to each Holder and to the Trustee
and its successors and assigns (a) the full and punctual payment of principal of
and interest on the Notes when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by
redemption or otherwise, and all other monetary obligations of the Company under
this Indenture and the Notes and (b) the full and punctual performance within
applicable grace periods of all other obligations of the Company under this
Indenture and the Notes (all the foregoing being hereinafter collectively called
the "GUARANTEED OBLIGATIONS"). Each Guarantor further agrees that the Guaranteed
Obligations may be extended or renewed, in whole or in part, without notice or
further assent from such Guarantor and that such Guarantor will remain bound
under this Article 11 notwithstanding any extension or renewal of any Guaranteed
Obligation.

          Each Guarantor waives presentation to, demand of, payment from and
protest to the Company of any of the Guaranteed Obligations and also waives
notice of acceleration, notice of intent to accelerate and notice of protest for
nonpayment. Subject to Section 6.01, each Guarantor waives notice of any default
under the Notes or the Guaranteed Obligations. The obligations of each Guarantor
hereunder shall not be affected by: (a) the failure of any Holder or the Trustee
to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any right or remedy against the
Company or any other Person under this Indenture, the Notes or any other
agreement or otherwise; (b) any extension or renewal of any thereof; (c) any
rescission, waiver, amendment or modification of any of the terms or provisions
of this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement; (d) the release of any
security held by any Holder or the Trustee for the Guaranteed Obligations or any
of them; (e) the failure of any Holder or the Trustee to exercise any right or
remedy against

<Page>

                                                                              91

any other guarantor of the Guaranteed Obligations; or (f) except as set forth in
Section 11.06, any change in the ownership of such Guarantor.

          Each Guarantor further agrees that its Guaranty herein constitutes a
guarantee of payment, performance and compliance when due (and not a guarantee
of collection) and waives any right to require that any resort be had by any
Holder or the Trustee to any security held for payment of the Guaranteed
Obligations.

          Each Guaranty is, to the extent and in the manner set forth in Article
12, subordinated and subject in right of payment to the prior payment in full of
the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on all Senior Indebtedness of
the Guarantor giving such Guaranty and each Guaranty is made subject to such
provisions of this Indenture.

          Except as expressly set forth in Sections 8.01(b), 11.02 and 11.06,
the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be subject to any
reduction, limitation, impairment or termination for any reason, including any
claim of waiver, release, surrender, alteration or compromise, and shall not be
subject to any defense of setoff, counterclaim, recoupment or termination
whatsoever or by reason of the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of the
Guaranteed Obligations or otherwise. Without limiting the generality of the
foregoing, the obligations of each Guarantor herein shall not be discharged or
impaired or otherwise affected by the failure of any Holder or the Trustee to
assert any claim or demand or to enforce any remedy under this Indenture, the
Notes or any other agreement, by any waiver or modification of any thereof, by
any default, failure or delay, willful or otherwise, in the performance of the
obligations, or by any other act or thing or omission or delay to do any other
act or thing which may or might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of
such Guarantor or would otherwise operate as a discharge of such Guarantor as a
matter of law or equity.

          Each Guarantor further agrees that its Guaranty herein shall continue
to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or
any part thereof, of principal of or interest on any Guaranteed Obligation is
rescinded or must otherwise be restored by any Holder or the Trustee upon the
bankruptcy or reorganization of the Company or otherwise.

          In furtherance of the foregoing and not in limitation of any other
right which any Holder or the Trustee has at law or

<Page>

                                                                              92

in equity against any Guarantor by virtue hereof, upon the failure of the
Company to pay the principal of or interest on any Guaranteed Obligation when
and as the same shall become due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by
redemption or otherwise, or to perform or comply with any other Guaranteed
Obligation, each Guarantor hereby promises to and shall, upon receipt of written
demand by the Trustee, forthwith pay, or cause to be paid, in cash, to the
Holders or the Trustee an amount equal to the sum of (1) the unpaid amount of
such Guaranteed Obligations, (2) accrued and unpaid interest on such Guaranteed
Obligations (but only to the extent not prohibited by law) and (3) all other
monetary Guaranteed Obligations of the Company to the Holders and the Trustee.

          Each Guarantor agrees that it shall not be entitled to any right of
subrogation in respect of any Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereby until
payment in full of all Guaranteed Obligations and all obligations to which the
Guaranteed Obligations are subordinated as provided in Article 12. Each
Guarantor further agrees that, as between it, on the one hand, and the Holders
and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the Guaranteed
Obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 for
the purposes of such Guarantor's Guaranty herein, notwithstanding any stay,
injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the
Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereby, and (y) in the event of any
declaration of acceleration of such Guaranteed Obligations as provided in
Article 6, such Guaranteed Obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall
forthwith become due and payable by such Guarantor for the purposes of this
Section 11.01.

          Each Guarantor also agrees to pay any and all costs and expenses
(including reasonable attorneys' fees) incurred by the Trustee or any Holder in
enforcing any rights under this Section 11.01.

          SECTION 11.02. LIMITATION ON LIABILITY.  Any term or provision of this
Indenture to the contrary notwithstanding, the maximum aggregate amount of the
Guaranteed Obligations guaranteed hereunder by any Guarantor shall not exceed
the maximum amount that can be hereby guaranteed without rendering this
Indenture, as it relates to such Guarantor, voidable under applicable law
relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer or similar laws
affecting the rights of creditors generally.

<Page>

                                                                              93

          SECTION 11.03. SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS.  This Article 11 shall be
binding upon each Guarantor and its successors and assigns and shall enure to
the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Trustee and the Holders and, in
the event of any transfer or assignment of rights by any Holder or the Trustee,
the rights and privileges conferred upon that party in this Indenture and in the
Notes shall automatically extend to and be vested in such transferee or
assignee, all subject to the terms and conditions of this Indenture.

          SECTION 11.04. NO WAIVER.  Neither a failure nor a delay on the part
of either the Trustee or the Holders in exercising any right, power or privilege
under this Article 11 shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall a single or
partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise of any right,
power or privilege. The rights, remedies and benefits of the Trustee and the
Holders herein expressly specified are cumulative and not exclusive of any other
rights, remedies or benefits which either may have under this Article 11 at law,
in equity, by statute or otherwise.

          SECTION 11.05. MODIFICATION.  No modification, amendment or waiver of
any provision of this Article 11, nor the consent to any departure by any
Guarantor therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in
writing and signed by the Trustee, and then such waiver or consent shall be
effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. No
notice to or demand on any Guarantor in any case shall entitle such Guarantor to
any other or further notice or demand in the same, similar or other
circumstances.

          SECTION 11.06. RELEASE OF GUARANTOR.  The Guaranty of a Guarantor
(other than Merisant US, Inc.) will be automatically released:

          (1)  upon the sale or other disposition (including by way of
     consolidation or merger) of that Guarantor to a Person that is not (either
     before or after giving effect to such transaction) the Company or an
     Affiliate of the Company, if such sale or other disposition complies with
     Section 4.10;

          (2)  upon the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all
     the assets of that Guarantor to a Person that is not (either before or
     after giving effect to such transaction) the Company or an Affiliate of the
     Company, if such sale or other disposition complies with Section 4.10; or

<Page>

                                                                              94

          (3)  if the Company designates that Guarantor as an Unrestricted
     Subsidiary in compliance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture.

                                   ARTICLE 12

                           SUBORDINATION OF GUARANTIES

          SECTION 12.01. AGREEMENT TO SUBORDINATE.  Each Guarantor agrees, and
each Noteholder by accepting a Note agrees, that the Indebtedness evidenced by
such Guarantor's Guaranty is subordinated in right of payment, to the extent and
in the manner provided in this Article 12, to the prior payment of all Senior
Indebtedness of such Guarantor and that the subordination is for the benefit of
and enforceable by the holders of such Senior Indebtedness. The obligations of a
Guarantor shall in all respects rank PARI PASSU with all other Senior
Subordinated Indebtedness of such Guarantor and only Senior Indebtedness of such
Guarantor (including such Guarantor's Guaranty of Senior Indebtedness of the
Company) shall rank senior to the obligations of such Guarantor in accordance
with the provisions set forth herein. All provisions of this Article 12 shall be
subject to Section 12.14.

          SECTION 12.02. LIQUIDATION, DISSOLUTION, BANKRUPTCY.  Upon any payment
or distribution of the assets of any Guarantor to creditors upon a total or
partial liquidation or a total or partial dissolution of such Guarantor or in a
bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, receivership or similar proceeding
relating to such Guarantor or its property:

          (1)  holders of Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor shall be
     entitled to receive payment in full in cash of such Senior Indebtedness
     before Noteholders shall be entitled to receive any payment pursuant to the
     Guaranty of such Guarantor; and

          (2)  until the Senior Indebtedness of any Guarantor is paid in full in
     cash, any payment or distribution to which Noteholders would be entitled
     but for this Article 12 shall be made to holders of such Senior
     Indebtedness as their interests may appear, except that Noteholders may
     receive shares of stock and any debt securities of such Guarantor that are
     subordinated to such Senior Indebtedness to at least the same extent as the
     Guaranty.

          SECTION 12.03. DEFAULT ON SENIOR INDEBTEDNESS OF GUARANTOR.  No
Guarantor shall make any payment of principal,

<Page>

                                                                              95

premium, if any, or interest pursuant to its Guaranty or purchase, redeem or
otherwise retire or defease any Guaranteed Obligations (collectively, "PAY ITS
GUARANTY") if either of the following occurs (a "PAYMENT DEFAULT"): (1) any
portion of any Designated Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor is not paid in
full in cash when due; or (2) any other default on Designated Senior
Indebtedness of such Guarantor occurs and the maturity of such Designated Senior
Indebtedness is accelerated in accordance with its terms; UNLESS, in either
case, the Payment Default has been cured or waived and any such acceleration has
been rescinded or such Designated Senior Indebtedness has been paid in full in
cash; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that any Guarantor shall be entitled to pay its
Guaranty without regard to the foregoing if such Guarantor and the Trustee
receive written notice approving such payment from the Representatives of all
Designated Senior Indebtedness with respect to which the Payment Default has
occurred and is continuing.

          During the continuance of any default (other than a Payment Default)
with respect to any Designated Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor pursuant to
which the maturity thereof may be accelerated without further notice (except
such notice as may be required to effect such acceleration) or the expiration of
any applicable grace periods, such Guarantor shall not pay its Guaranty for a
period (a "PAYMENT BLOCKAGE PERIOD") commencing upon the receipt by the Trustee
(with a copy to such Guarantor) of a written notice (a "BLOCKAGE NOTICE") of
such default from the Representative of such Designated Senior Indebtedness
specifying an election to effect a Payment Blockage Period and ending 179 days
thereafter. The Payment Blockage Period shall end earlier if such Payment
Blockage Period is terminated: (1) by written notice to the Trustee and such
Guarantor from the Person or Persons who gave such Blockage Notice, (2) because
the default giving rise to such Blockage Notice is cured, waived or otherwise no
longer continuing, or (3) because such Designated Senior Indebtedness has been
discharged or repaid in full in cash.

          Notwithstanding the provisions described in the above paragraph (but
subject to the provisions contained in the first sentence of this Section
12.03), unless the holders of such Designated Senior Indebtedness or the
Representative of such Designated Senior Indebtedness have accelerated the
maturity of such Designated Senior Indebtedness, any Guarantor shall be entitled
to resume payments pursuant to its Guaranty after termination of such Payment
Blockage Period. No Guarantor shall be subject to more than one Payment Blockage
Period in any

<Page>

                                                                              96

consecutive 360-day period irrespective of the number of defaults with respect
to Designated Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor during such period;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if any Blockage Notice within such 360-day period is
delivered to the Trustee by or on behalf of any holders of Designated Senior
Indebtedness of such Guarantor (other than holders of the Bank Indebtedness), a
Representative of the holders of the Bank Indebtedness shall be entitled to give
another Blockage Notice within such period; PROVIDED FURTHER, HOWEVER, that in
no event shall the total number of days during which any Payment Blockage Period
or Periods is in effect exceed 179 days in the aggregate during any consecutive
360-day period, and there must be 181 days during any consecutive 360-day period
during which no Payment Blockage Period is in effect.

          SECTION 12.04. DEMAND FOR PAYMENT.  If a demand for payment is made on
a Guarantor pursuant to Article 11, the Trustee shall promptly notify the
holders of the Designated Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor (or their
Representatives) of such demand.

          SECTION 12.05. WHEN DISTRIBUTION MUST BE PAID OVER.  If a payment or
distribution is made to Noteholders that, because of this Article 12, should not
have been made to them, the Noteholders who receive the payment or distribution
shall hold it in trust for the holders of Senior Indebtedness of the relevant
Guarantor and pay it over to them as their interests may appear.

          SECTION 12.06. REINSTATEMENT OF SENIOR INDEBTEDNESS.   To the extent
any payment of or distribution in respect of Senior Indebtedness of a Guarantor
(whether by or on behalf of any Guarantor as proceeds of security or enforcement
of any right of setoff or otherwise) is declared to be fraudulent or
preferential, set aside or required to be paid to any receiver, trustee in
bankruptcy, liquidating trustee, agent or other similar Person under any
bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership, fraudulent conveyance or similar law, then
if such payment or distribution is recovered by, or paid over to, such receiver,
trustee in bankruptcy, liquidating trustee, agent or other similar Person, the
Senior Indebtedness or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied shall be
deemed to be reinstated and outstanding as if such payment had not occurred.

          SECTION 12.07. SUBROGATION.  After all Senior Indebtedness of a
Guarantor is paid in full and until the Notes are paid in full, Noteholders
shall be subrogated to the rights of holders of such Senior Indebtedness to
receive distributions

<Page>

                                                                              97

applicable to Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor. A distribution made under
this Article 12 to holders of such Senior Indebtedness which otherwise would
have been made to Noteholders is not, as between the relevant Guarantor and
Noteholders, a payment by such Guarantor on such Senior Indebtedness.

          SECTION 12.08. RELATIVE RIGHTS.  This Article 12 defines the relative
rights of Noteholders and holders of Senior Indebtedness of a Guarantor. Nothing
in this Indenture shall:

          (1)  impair, as between a Guarantor and Noteholders, the obligation of
     such Guarantor, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay its Guaranty to
     the extent set forth in Article 11; or

          (2)  prevent the Trustee or any Noteholder from exercising its
     available remedies upon a default by such Guarantor under its Guaranty,
     subject to the rights of holders of Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor
     to receive distributions otherwise payable to Noteholders.

          SECTION 12.09. SUBORDINATION MAY NOT BE IMPAIRED BY GUARANTOR.  No
right of any present or future holders of any Senior Indebtedness of any
Guarantor to enforce subordination as provided in this Indenture will at any
time in any way be prejudiced or impaired by noncompliance by such Guarantor
with the terms of this Indenture, regardless of any knowledge thereof that any
such holder of Senior Indebtedness may have or otherwise be charged with.

          SECTION 12.10. RIGHTS OF TRUSTEE AND PAYING AGENT.  Notwithstanding
Section 12.03, the Trustee or Paying Agent shall continue to make payments on
any Guaranty and shall not be charged with knowledge of the existence of facts
that under this Article 12 would prohibit the making of any such payments
unless, not less than two Business Days prior to the date of such payment, a
Trust Officer of the Trustee receives written notice satisfactory to it that
such payments are prohibited by this Article 12. The Company, the relevant
Guarantor, the Registrar or co-registrar, the Paying Agent, a Representative or
a holder of Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor shall be entitled to give the
notice; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that, if an issue of Senior Indebtedness of any
Guarantor has a Representative, only the Representative shall be entitled to
give the notice.

<Page>

                                                                              98

          The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity shall be entitled
to hold Senior Indebtedness of any Guarantor with the same rights it would have
if it were not the Trustee. The Registrar and co-registrar and the Paying Agent
shall be entitled to do the same with like rights. The Trustee shall be entitled
to all the rights set forth in this Article 12 with respect to any Senior
Indebtedness of any Guarantor which may at any time be held by it, to the same
extent as any other holder of such Senior Indebtedness; and nothing in Article 7
shall deprive the Trustee of any of its rights as such holder. Nothing in this
Article 12 shall apply to claims of, or payments to, the Trustee under or
pursuant to Section 7.07.

          SECTION 12.11. RIGHTS OF HOLDERS OF SENIOR INDEBTEDNESS.  The holders
of Senior Indebtedness may, at any time and from time to time, subject to the
terms of such Senior Indebtedness, without the consent of or notice to the
Trustee or the Noteholders, without incurring responsibility to the Noteholders
and without impairing or releasing the subordination provided in this Indenture
or the obligations hereunder of the Noteholders to the holders of Senior
Indebtedness, do any one or more of the following:

          (1)  change the manner, place or terms of payment or extend the time
     of payment of, or renew or alter, Senior Indebtedness or any instrument
     evidencing the same or any agreement under which Senior Indebtedness is
     outstanding or secured;

          (2)  sell, exchange, release or otherwise deal with any property
     pledged, mortgaged or otherwise securing Senior Indebtedness;

          (3)  release any Person liable in any manner for the collection of
     Senior Indebtedness; and

          (4)  exercise or refrain from exercising any rights against any
     Guarantor and any other Person.

          SECTION 12.12. DISTRIBUTION OR NOTICE TO REPRESENTATIVE.  Whenever any
Person is to make a distribution or give a notice to holders of Senior
Indebtedness of any Guarantor, such Person shall be entitled to make such
distribution or give such notice to their Representative (if any).

          SECTION 12.13. ARTICLE 12 NOT TO PREVENT EVENTS OF DEFAULT OR LIMIT
RIGHT TO DEMAND PAYMENT. The failure to make a

<Page>

                                                                              99

payment pursuant to a Guaranty by reason of any provision in this Article 12
shall not be construed as preventing the occurrence of a Default. Nothing in
this Article 12 shall have any effect on the right of the Noteholders or the
Trustee to make a demand for payment on any Guarantor pursuant to its Guaranty.

          SECTION 12.14. TRUST MONEYS NOT SUBORDINATED.   Notwithstanding
anything contained herein to the contrary, payments from money or the proceeds
of U.S. Government Obligations held in trust under Article 8 by the Trustee for
the payment of principal of and interest on the Notes shall not be subordinated
to the prior payment of any Senior Indebtedness of any Guarantor or subject to
the restrictions set forth in this Article 12, and none of the Noteholders shall
be obligated to pay over any such amount to any Guarantor or any holder of
Senior Indebtedness of any Guarantor or any other creditor of any Guarantor.

          SECTION 12.15. TRUSTEE ENTITLED TO RELY.  Upon any payment or
distribution pursuant to this Article 12, the Trustee and the Noteholders shall
be entitled to rely (1) upon any order or decree of a court of competent
jurisdiction in which any proceedings of the nature referred to in Section 12.02
are pending, (2) upon a certificate of the liquidating trustee or agent or other
Person making such payment or distribution to the Trustee or to the Noteholders
or (3) upon the Representatives for the holders of Senior Indebtedness of any
Guarantor for the purpose of ascertaining the Persons entitled to participate in
such payment or distribution, the holders of such Senior Indebtedness and other
Indebtedness of such Guarantor, the amount thereof or payable thereon, the
amount or amounts paid or distributed thereon and all other facts pertinent
thereto or to this Article 12. In the event that the Trustee determines, in good
faith, that evidence is required with respect to the right of any Person as a
holder of Senior Indebtedness of any Guarantor to participate in any payment or
distribution pursuant to this Article 12, the Trustee shall be entitled to
request such Person to furnish evidence to the reasonable satisfaction of the
Trustee as to the amount of Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor held by such
Person, the extent to which such Person is entitled to participate in such
payment or distribution and other facts pertinent to the rights of such Person
under this Article 12, and, if such evidence is not furnished, the Trustee shall
be entitled to defer any payment to such Person pending judicial determination
as to the right of such Person to receive such payment. The provisions of
Sections 7.01 and 7.02 shall be

<Page>

                                                                             100

applicable to all actions or omissions of actions by the Trustee pursuant to
this Article 12.

          SECTION 12.16. TRUSTEE TO EFFECTUATE SUBORDINATION.  Each Noteholder
by accepting a Note authorizes and directs the Trustee on its behalf to take
such action as may be necessary or appropriate to acknowledge or effectuate the
subordination between the Noteholders and the holders of Senior Indebtedness of
the Guarantors as provided in this Article 12 and appoints the Trustee as
attorney-in-fact for any and all such purposes.

          SECTION 12.17. TRUSTEE NOT FIDUCIARY FOR HOLDERS OF SENIOR
INDEBTEDNESS OF GUARANTOR. The Trustee shall not be deemed to owe any fiduciary
duty to the holders of Senior Indebtedness of any Guarantor and shall not be
liable to any such holders if it shall mistakenly pay over or distribute to
Noteholders or the Company or any other Person, money or assets to which any
holders of such Senior Indebtedness shall be entitled by virtue of this Article
12 or otherwise.

          SECTION 12.18. RELIANCE BY HOLDERS OF SENIOR INDEBTEDNESS OF THE
GUARANTORS ON SUBORDINATION PROVISIONS. Each Noteholder by accepting a Note
acknowledges and agrees that the foregoing subordination provisions are, and are
intended to be, an inducement and a consideration to each holder of any Senior
Indebtedness of the Guarantors, whether such Senior Indebtedness was created or
acquired before or after the issuance of the Notes, to acquire and continue to
hold, or to continue to hold, such Senior Indebtedness and such holder of such
Senior Indebtedness shall be deemed conclusively to have relied on such
subordination provisions in acquiring and continuing to hold, or in continuing
to hold, such Senior Indebtedness.

                                   ARTICLE 13

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

          SECTION 13.01. TRUST INDENTURE ACT CONTROLS.  If any provision of this
Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with another provision which is
required to be included in this Indenture by the TIA, the required provision
shall control.

          SECTION 13.02. NOTICES.  Any notice, request or communication shall be
in writing and delivered in person or mailed by first-class mail addressed as
follows:

          if to the Company or any Guarantor:

          Merisant Company

<Page>

                                                                             101

          One North Brentwood Boulevard, Suite 510
          Clayton, Missouri  63105
          Attention:  Luke C. Kissam, Esq.

          with a copy to:

          Sidley Austin Brown & Wood
          Bank One Plaza
          10 South Dearborn
          Chicago, Illinois  60603
          Attention:  Carol M. Lind, Esq.

          if to the Trustee:

          Wells Fargo Corporate Trust Services
          MAC N9303-110
          Sixth and Marquette Avenue
          Minneapolis, MN 55479
          Attention:  Michael T. Lechner, Assistant Vice President

          The Company, any Guarantor or the Trustee by notice to the other may
designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or
communications.

          Any notice or communication mailed to a Noteholder shall be mailed to
the Noteholder at the Noteholder's address as it appears on the registration
books of the Registrar and shall be sufficiently given if so mailed within the
time prescribed.

          Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Noteholder or any
defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Noteholders.
If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above, it is duly
given, whether or not the addressee receives it.

          Any notice or communication shall also be so mailed to any Person
described in TIA Section 313(c), to the extent required by the TIA. Copies of
any such communication or notice to a Holder shall also be mailed to the
Trustee, the Registrar, co-registrar, Paying Agent and transfer agent at the
same time.

          Where this Indenture provides for notice in any manner, such notice
may be expressly waived in writing by the Person entitled to receive such
notice, either before or after the event, and such waiver shall be the
equivalent of such notice. Waiver of notice by Holders shall be filed with the

<Page>

                                                                             102

Trustee, but such filing shall not be a condition precedent to the validity of
any action taken in reliance upon such waiver.

          In case by reason of the suspension of regular mail service it shall
be impracticable to give such notice by mail, then such notification as shall be
made with the approval of the Trustee shall constitute a sufficient notification
for every purpose hereunder.

          SECTION 13.03. COMMUNICATION BY HOLDERS WITH OTHER HOLDERS.
Noteholders may communicate pursuant to TIA Section 312(b) with other
Noteholders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The
Company, any Guarantor, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have
the protection of TIA Section 312(c).

          SECTION 13.04. CERTIFICATE AND OPINION AS TO CONDITIONS PRECEDENT.
Upon any request or application by the Company to the Trustee to take or refrain
from taking any action under this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the
Trustee:

          (1)  an Officers' Certificate in form and substance reasonably
     satisfactory to the Trustee stating that, in the opinion of the signers,
     all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating
     to the proposed action have been complied with; and

          (2)  an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably
     satisfactory to the Trustee stating that, in the opinion of such counsel,
     all such conditions precedent have been complied with.

          SECTION 13.05. STATEMENTS REQUIRED IN CERTIFICATE OR OPINION.  Each
certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a covenant or condition
provided for in this Indenture shall include:

          (1)  a statement that the individual making such certificate or
     opinion has read such covenant or condition;

          (2)  a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination
     or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such
     certificate or opinion are based;

          (3) a statement that, in the opinion of such individual, he has or she
     made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him or her
     to

<Page>

                                                                             103

     express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition
     has been complied with; and

          (4)  a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such
     individual, such covenant or condition has been complied with;

PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that with respect to matters of fact an Opinion of Counsel
may rely on an Officers' Certificate or certificates of public officials.

          SECTION 13.06. WHEN NOTES DISREGARDED.  In determining whether the
Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any
direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Company or by any Person
directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect
common control with the Company shall be disregarded and deemed not to be
outstanding, except that, for the purpose of determining whether the Trustee
shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only
Notes which a Trust Officer of the Trustee knows are so owned shall be so
disregarded. Also, subject to the foregoing, only Notes outstanding at the time
shall be considered in any such determination.

          SECTION 13.07. RULES BY TRUSTEE, PAYING AGENT AND REGISTRAR.  The
Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or a meeting of Noteholders. The
Registrar and the Paying Agent may make reasonable rules for their functions.

          SECTION 13.08. LEGAL HOLIDAYS.  A "LEGAL HOLIDAY" is a Saturday, a
Sunday or a day on which banking institutions are not required to be open in the
State of New York. If a payment date is a Legal Holiday, payment shall be made
on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall
accrue for the intervening period. If a regular record date is a Legal Holiday,
the record date shall not be affected.

          SECTION 13.09. GOVERNING LAW.  This Indenture and the Notes shall be
governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York
but without giving effect to applicable principles of conflicts of law to the
extent that the application of the laws of another jurisdiction would be
required thereby.

          SECTION 13.10. NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS.  No director, officer,
employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Company or any Guarantor will have
any liability for any obligations of the Company or any Guarantor under the
Notes, any

<Page>

                                                                             104

Guaranty or this Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by
reason of such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of the Notes by
accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release
are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

          SECTION 13.11. SUCCESSORS.  All agreements of the Company in this
Indenture and the Notes shall bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee
in this Indenture shall bind its successors.

          SECTION 13.12. MULTIPLE ORIGINALS.  The parties may sign any number of
copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them
together represent the same agreement. One signed copy is enough to prove this
Indenture.

          SECTION 13.13. TABLE OF CONTENTS; HEADINGS.  The table of contents,
cross-reference sheet and headings of the Articles and Sections of this
Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not intended
to be considered a part hereof and shall not modify or restrict any of the terms
or provisions hereof.

<Page>

                                                                             105

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Indenture to be duly
executed as of the date first written above.

                                MERISANT COMPANY

                                By:  /s/ Luther C. Kissam IV
                                   ----------------------------------
                                Name:  Luther C. Kissam IV
                                     --------------------------------
                                Title:VP, Secretary & General Counsel
                                      ----------------------------------

                                MERISANT US, INC.

                                By:  /s/ Luther C. Kissam IV
                                   ----------------------------------
                                Name:  Luther C. Kissam IV
                                     --------------------------------
                                Title:VP, Secretary & General Counsel
                                      ----------------------------------

                                MERISANT FOREIGN HOLDINGS I, INC.

                                By:  /s/ Luther C. Kissam IV
                                   ----------------------------------
                                Name:  Luther C. Kissam IV
                                     ------------------------
                                Title:VP, Secretary & General Counsel
                                      ----------------------------------

                                WELLS FARGO BANK MINNESOTA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

                                By:  /s/ Michael T. Lechner
                                   ----------------------------------
                                Name:  Michael T. Lechner
                                     --------------------------------
                                Title: Assistant Vice President
                                      ----------------------------------

<Page>

                                                                             A-1

                                                                      APPENDIX A

                      PROVISIONS RELATING TO INITIAL NOTES,
                             PRIVATE EXCHANGE NOTES
                               AND EXCHANGE NOTES

        1.     DEFINITIONS.

     1.1.      CERTAIN DEFINITIONS.

         For the purposes of this APPENDIX A the following terms shall have the
meanings indicated below:

          "APPLICABLE PROCEDURES" means, with respect to any transfer or
transaction involving a Temporary Regulation S Global Note or beneficial
interest therein, the rules and procedures of the Depository, Euroclear and
Clearstream for such a Temporary Regulations S Global Note, in each case to the
extent applicable to such transaction and as in effect from time to time.

          "CLEARING AGENCY" means Clearstream Banking, societe anonyme, or any
successor securities clearing agency.

          "DEFINITIVE NOTE" means a certificated Initial Note or Exchange Note
or Private Exchange Note bearing, if required, the restricted securities legend
set forth in Section 2.3(e).

          "DEPOSITORY" means The Depository Trust Company, its nominees and
their respective successors.

          "DISTRIBUTION COMPLIANCE PERIOD", with respect to any Notes, means the
period of 40 consecutive days beginning on and including the later of (i) the
day on which such Notes are first offered to Persons other than distributors (as
defined in Regulation S under the Securities Act) in reliance on Regulation S
and (ii) the issue date with respect to such Notes.

          "EUROCLEAR" means Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V., as operator of the
Euroclear System or any successor securities clearing agency.

          "EXCHANGE NOTES" means (1) the 9 1/2% Senior Subordinated Notes Due
2013 issued pursuant to the Indenture in connection with a Registered Exchange
Offer pursuant to a Registration Rights Agreement and (2) Additional Notes, if
any, issued pursuant to a registration statement filed with the SEC under the
Securities Act.

<Page>

                                                                             A-2

          "INITIAL PURCHASERS" means (1) with respect to the Initial Notes
issued on the Issue Date, Credit Suisse First Boston LLC, Wachovia Securities,
LLC and Banc One Capital Markets, Inc., and (2) with respect to each issuance of
Additional Notes, the Persons purchasing such Additional Notes under the related
Purchase Agreement.

          "INITIAL NOTES" means (1) $225,000,000 aggregate principal amount of
9 1/2% Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2013 issued on the Issue Date and (2)
Additional Notes, if any, issued in a transaction exempt from the registration
requirements of the Securities Act.

          "NOTES CUSTODIAN" means the custodian with respect to a Global Note
(as appointed by the Depository), or any successor Person thereto and shall
initially be the Trustee.

          "PRIVATE EXCHANGE" means the offer by the Company, pursuant to a
Registration Rights Agreement, to the Initial Purchasers to issue and deliver to
each Initial Purchaser, in exchange for the Initial Notes held by the Initial
Purchaser as part of its initial distribution, a like aggregate principal amount
of Private Exchange Notes.

          "PRIVATE EXCHANGE NOTES" means any 9 1/2% Senior Subordinated Notes
Due 2013 issued in connection with a Private Exchange.

          "PURCHASE AGREEMENT" means (1) with respect to the Initial Notes
issued on the Issue Date, the Purchase Agreement dated June 27, 2003, among the
Company, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers, and (2) with respect to each
issuance of Additional Notes, the purchase agreement or underwriting agreement
among the Company, the Guarantors and the Persons purchasing such Additional
Notes.

          "QIB" means a "qualified institutional buyer" as defined in Rule 144A.

          "REGISTERED EXCHANGE OFFER" means the offer by the Company, pursuant
to a Registration Rights Agreement, to certain Holders of Initial Notes, to
issue and deliver to such Holders, in exchange for the Initial Notes, a like
aggregate principal amount of Exchange Notes registered under the Securities
Act.

          "REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT" means (1) with respect to the Initial
Notes issued on the Issue Date, the Registration Rights Agreement dated July 11,
2003, among the Company, the

<Page>

                                                                             A-3

Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers, and (2) with respect to each issuance of
Additional Notes issued in a transaction exempt from the registration
requirements of the Securities Act, the registration rights agreement, if any,
among the Company, the Guarantors and the Persons purchasing such Additional
Notes under the related Purchase Agreement.

          "RULE 144A NOTES" means all Initial Notes offered and sold to QIBs in
reliance on Rule 144A.

          "SHELF REGISTRATION STATEMENT" means the registration statement issued
by the Company in connection with the offer and sale of Initial Notes or Private
Exchange Notes pursuant to a Registration Rights Agreement.

          "TRANSFER RESTRICTED SECURITIES" means Notes that bear or are required
to bear the legend set forth in Section 2.3(e) hereto.

     1.2.      OTHER DEFINITIONS.

<Table>
<Caption>
                                                                      Defined in
           Term                                                        Section
           ----                                                       ----------
<S>                                                                     <C>
                                                                        2.1(b)
"Agent Members"......................................................   2.1(a)
"Global Notes".......................................................   2.1(a)
"Permanent Regulation S Global Note".................................   2.1(a)
"Regulation S".......................................................   2.1(a)
"Rule 144A"..........................................................   2.1(a)
"Rule 144A Global Note"..............................................   2.1(a)
"Temporary Regulation S Global Note".................................   2.1(a)
</Table>

        2.     THE NOTES.

     2.1.      FORM AND DATING.

          (a)  GENERAL. The Initial Notes will be offered and sold by the
Company, from time to time, pursuant to one or more Purchase Agreements. The
Initial Notes will be resold initially only to (i) QIBs in reliance on Rule 144A
under the Securities Act ("RULE 144A") and (ii) Persons other than U.S. Persons
(as defined in Regulation S) in reliance on Regulation S under the Securities
Act ("REGULATION S"). Initial Notes may thereafter be transferred to, among
others, QIBs and purchasers in reliance on Regulation S, subject to the
restrictions on transfer set forth herein. Initial Notes initially resold
pursuant to Rule 144A shall be issued initially in the form of one or more

<Page>

                                                                             A-4

permanent global notes in definitive, fully registered form (collectively, the
"RULE 144A GLOBAL NOTE") and Initial Notes initially resold pursuant to
Regulation S shall be issued initially in the form of one or more temporary
global notes in definitive, fully registered form (collectively, the "TEMPORARY
REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE"), in each case without interest coupons and with the
global securities legend and restricted securities legend set forth in EXHIBIT 1
hereto, which shall be deposited on behalf of the purchasers of the Initial
Notes represented thereby with the Notes Custodian, and registered in the name
of the Depository or a nominee of the Depository, duly executed by the Company
and authenticated by the Trustee as provided in this Indenture. Beneficial
ownership interests in the Temporary Regulation S Global Note will not be
exchangeable for interests in the Rule 144A Global Note, a permanent global
security (the "PERMANENT REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE"), or any other Note without a
legend containing restrictions on transfer of such Note prior to the expiration
of the Distribution Compliance Period and then only upon certification in form
reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee that beneficial ownership interests in
such Temporary Regulation S Global Note are owned either by non-U.S. Persons or
U.S. Persons who purchased such interests in a transaction that did not require
registration under the Securities Act. The Rule 144A Global Note, the Temporary
Regulation S Global Note and the Permanent Regulation S Global Note are
collectively referred to herein as "GLOBAL NOTES." The aggregate principal
amount of the Global Notes may from time to time be increased or decreased by
adjustments made on the records of the Trustee and the Depository or its nominee
as hereinafter provided.

          (b)  BOOK-ENTRY PROVISIONS. This Section 2.1(b) shall apply only to a
Global Note deposited with or on behalf of the Depository.

          The Company shall execute and the Trustee shall, in accordance with
this Section 2.1(b), authenticate and deliver initially one or more Global Notes
that (a) shall be registered in the name of the Depository for such Global Note
or Global Notes or the nominee of such Depository and (b) shall be delivered by
the Trustee to such Depository or pursuant to such Depository's instructions or
held by the Trustee as custodian for the Depository.

          Members of, or participants in, the Depository ("AGENT MEMBERS") shall
have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Note held on
their behalf by the Depository or by the Trustee as the custodian of the
Depository or under such

<Page>

                                                                             A-5

Global Note, and the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the
Trustee shall be entitled to treat the Depository as the absolute owner of such
Global Note for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing
herein shall prevent the Company, the Trustee or any agent of the Company or the
Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other
authorization furnished by the Depository or impair, as between the Depository
and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices of such Depository
governing the exercise of the rights of a holder of a beneficial interest in any
Global Note.

          (c)  CERTIFICATED NOTES. Except as provided in this Section 2.1,
Section 2.3 or 2.4, owners of beneficial interests in Global Notes shall not be
entitled to receive physical delivery of Definitive Notes.

     2.2.      AUTHENTICATION. The Trustee shall authenticate and deliver: (1)
on the Issue Date, an aggregate principal amount of $225,000,000 9 1/2% Senior
Subordinated Notes Due 2013, (2) from time to time, any Additional Notes for
original issue in aggregate principal amounts specified in written orders of the
Company pursuant to Section 2.02 of the Indenture, and (3) Exchange Notes or
Private Exchange Notes for issue only in a Registered Exchange Offer or a
Private Exchange, respectively, pursuant to a Registration Rights Agreement, for
a like principal amount of Initial Notes, in each case upon a written order of
the Company signed by two Officers or by an Officer and either an Assistant
Treasurer or an Assistant Secretary of the Company. Such order shall specify the
amount of the Notes to be authenticated and the date on which the original issue
of Notes is to be authenticated.

     2.3.      TRANSFER AND EXCHANGE.

          (a)  TRANSFER AND EXCHANGE OF DEFINITIVE NOTES. When Definitive Notes
are presented to the Registrar or a co-registrar with a request:

          (x)  to register the transfer of such Definitive Notes; or

          (y)  to exchange such Definitive Notes for an equal principal amount
     of Definitive Notes of other authorized denominations,

the Registrar or co-registrar shall register the transfer or make the exchange
as requested if its reasonable requirements

<Page>

                                                                             A-6

for such transaction are met; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Definitive Notes
surrendered for transfer or exchange:

          (i)  shall be duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument of
     transfer in form reasonably satisfactory to the Company and the Registrar
     or co-registrar, duly executed by the Holder thereof or his attorney duly
     authorized in writing; and

          (ii) if such Definitive Notes are required to bear a restricted
     securities legend, they are being transferred or exchanged pursuant to an
     effective registration statement under the Securities Act, pursuant to
     Section 2.3(b) or pursuant to clause (A), (B) or (C) below, and are
     accompanied by the following additional information and documents, as
     applicable:

               (A)  if such Definitive Notes are being delivered to the
          Registrar by a Holder for registration in the name of such Holder,
          without transfer, a certification from such Holder to that effect;

               (B)  if such Definitive Notes are being transferred to the
          Company, a certification to that effect; or

               (C)  if such Definitive Notes are being transferred (x) pursuant
          to an exemption from registration in accordance with Rule 144A,
          Regulation S or Rule 144 under the Securities Act; or (y) in reliance
          upon another exemption from the requirements of the Securities Act:
          (i) a certification to that effect (in the form set forth on the
          reverse of the Note) and (ii) if the Company so requests, an opinion
          of counsel or other evidence reasonably satisfactory to it as to the
          compliance with the restrictions set forth in the legend set forth in
          Section 2.3(e)(i).

          (b)  RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF A DEFINITIVE NOTE FOR A BENEFICIAL
INTEREST IN A GLOBAL NOTE. A Definitive Note may not be exchanged for a
beneficial interest in a Rule 144A Global Note or a Permanent Regulation S
Global Note except upon satisfaction of the requirements set forth below. Upon
receipt by the Trustee of a Definitive Note, duly endorsed or accompanied by
appropriate instruments of transfer, in form satisfactory to the Trustee,
together with:

<Page>

                                                                             A-7

          (i)  certification, in the form set forth on the reverse of the Note,
     that such Definitive Note is either (A) being transferred to a QIB in
     accordance with Rule 144A or (B) is being transferred after expiration of
     the Distribution Compliance Period by a Person who initially purchased such
     Note in reliance on Regulation S to a buyer who elects to hold its interest
     in such Note in the form of a beneficial interest in the Permanent
     Regulation S Global Note; and

          (ii) written instructions directing the Trustee to make, or to direct
     the Notes Custodian to make, an adjustment on its books and records with
     respect to such Rule 144A Global Note (in the case of a transfer pursuant
     to clause (b)(i)(A)) or Permanent Regulation S Note (in the case of a
     transfer pursuant to clause (b)(i)(B)) to reflect an increase in the
     aggregate principal amount of the Notes represented by the Rule 144A Global
     Note or Permanent Regulation S Global Note, as applicable, such
     instructions to contain information regarding the Depositary account to be
     credited with such increase;

then the Trustee shall cancel such Definitive Note and cause, or direct the
Notes Custodian to cause, in accordance with the standing instructions and
procedures existing between the Depository and the Notes Custodian, the
aggregate principal amount of Notes represented by the Rule 144A Global Note or
Permanent Regulation S Global Note, as applicable, to be increased by the
aggregate principal amount of the Definitive Note to be exchanged and shall
credit or cause to be credited to the account of the Person specified in such
instructions a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note or Permanent
Regulation S Global Note, as applicable, equal to the principal amount of the
Definitive Note so canceled. If no Rule 144A Global Notes or Permanent
Regulation S Global Notes, as applicable, are then outstanding, the Company
shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate, upon written order of the
Company in the form of an Officers' Certificate, a new Rule 144A Global Note or
Permanent Regulation S Global Note, as applicable, in the appropriate principal
amount.

          (c)  TRANSFER AND EXCHANGE OF GLOBAL NOTES.

          (i)  The transfer and exchange of Global Notes or beneficial interests
     therein shall be effected through the Depository, in accordance with this
     Indenture (including applicable restrictions on transfer set forth herein,
     if any) and the procedures of the Depository therefor. A

<Page>

                                                                             A-8

     transferor of a beneficial interest in a Global Note shall deliver to the
     Registrar a written order given in accordance with the Depository's
     procedures containing information regarding the participant account of the
     Depository to be credited with a beneficial interest in the Global Note.
     The Registrar shall, in accordance with such instructions instruct the
     Depository to credit to the account of the Person specified in such
     instructions a beneficial interest in the Global Note and to debit the
     account of the Person making the transfer the beneficial interest in the
     Global Note being transferred.

          (ii) If the proposed transfer is a transfer of a beneficial interest
     in one Global Note to a beneficial interest in another Global Note, the
     Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and an increase
     in the principal amount of the Global Note to which such interest is being
     transferred in an amount equal to the principal amount of the interest to
     be so transferred, and the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records
     the date and a corresponding decrease in the principal amount of the Global
     Note from which such interest is being transferred.

          (iii) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this APPENDIX A (other
     than the provisions set forth in Section 2.4), a Global Note may not be
     transferred as a whole except by the Depository to a nominee of the
     Depository or by a nominee of the Depository to the Depository or another
     nominee of the Depository or by the Depository or any such nominee to a
     successor Depository or a nominee of such successor Depository.

          (iv) In the event that a Global Note is exchanged for Definitive Notes
     pursuant to Section 2.4 of this APPENDIX A, prior to the consummation of a
     Registered Exchange Offer or the effectiveness of a Shelf Registration
     Statement with respect to such Notes, such Notes may be exchanged only in
     accordance with such procedures as are substantially consistent with the
     provisions of this Section 2.3 (including the certification requirements
     set forth on the reverse of the Initial Notes intended to ensure that such
     transfers comply with Rule 144A or Regulation S, as the case may be) and
     such other procedures as may from time to time be adopted by the Company.

          (d)  RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF TEMPORARY REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTES.
During the Distribution Compliance Period,

<Page>

                                                                             A-9

beneficial ownership interests in Temporary Regulation S Global Notes may only
be sold, pledged or transferred through Euroclear and Clearstream in accordance
with the Applicable Procedures and only (i) to the Company, (ii) so long as such
Note is eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144A, to a Person whom the selling
holder reasonably believes is a QIB that purchases for its own account or for
the account of a QIB to whom notice is given that the resale, pledge or transfer
is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, (iii) in an offshore transaction in
accordance with Regulation S, (iv) pursuant to an exemption from registration
under the Securities Act provided by Rule 144 (if applicable) under the
Securities Act or (v) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the
Securities Act, in each case in accordance with any applicable securities laws
of any state of the United States.

          (e)  LEGEND.

          (i)  Except as permitted by the following paragraphs (ii), (iii) and
     (iv), each Note certificate evidencing the Global Notes and the Definitive
     Notes (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or in substitution
     thereof) shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

          THIS NOTE (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION
          EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF
          1933, AS AMENDED (THE "SECURITIES ACT"), AND THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE
          OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH
          REGISTRATION OR AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION THEREFROM. EACH PURCHASER OF
          THIS NOTE IS HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT THE SELLER OF THIS NOTE MAY BE
          RELYING ON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF THE
          SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144A THEREUNDER.

          THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE COMPANY THAT (A)
          THIS NOTE MAY BE OFFERED, RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED,
          ONLY (I) IN THE UNITED STATES TO A PERSON WHOM THE SELLER REASONABLY
          BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A
          UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF
          RULE 144A, (II) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION
          IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (III) PURSUANT
          TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY
          RULE 144 THEREUNDER (IF AVAILABLE) OR (IV) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE
          REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES

<Page>

                                                                            A-10

          ACT, IN EACH OF CASES (I) THROUGH (IV) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY
          APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES, AND (B)
          THE HOLDER WILL, AND EACH SUBSEQUENT HOLDER IS REQUIRED TO, NOTIFY ANY
          PURCHASER OF THE NOTE FROM IT OF THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS REFERRED TO
          IN (A) ABOVE.

Each Definitive Note will also bear the following additional legend:

          IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER WILL DELIVER TO THE
          REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION
          AS SUCH TRANSFER AGENT MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT THE
          TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.

          (ii) Upon any sale or transfer of a Transfer Restricted Note
     (including any Transfer Restricted Note represented by a Global Note)
     pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act, the Registrar shall permit
     the transferee thereof to exchange such Transfer Restricted Note for a
     certificated Note that does not bear the legend set forth above and rescind
     any restriction on the transfer of such Transfer Restricted Note, if the
     transferor thereof certifies in writing to the Registrar that such sale or
     transfer was made in reliance on Rule 144 (such certification to be in the
     form set forth on the reverse of the Note).

          (iii) After a transfer of any Initial Notes or Private Exchange Notes
     pursuant to and during the period of the effectiveness of a Shelf
     Registration Statement with respect to such Initial Notes or Private
     Exchange Notes, as the case may be, all requirements pertaining to legends
     on such Initial Note or such Private Exchange Note will cease to apply, the
     requirements requiring any such Initial Note or such Private Exchange Note
     issued to certain Holders be issued in global form will cease to apply, and
     a certificated Initial Note or Private Exchange Note or an Initial Note or
     Private Exchange Note in global form, in each case without restrictive
     transfer legends, will be available to the transferee of the Holder of such
     Initial Notes or Private Exchange Notes upon exchange of such transferring
     Holder's certificated Initial Note or Private Exchange Note or directions
     to transfer such Holder's interest in the Global Note, as applicable.

<Page>

                                                                            A-11

          (iv) Upon the consummation of a Registered Exchange Offer with respect
     to the Initial Notes, all requirements pertaining to such Initial Notes
     that Initial Notes issued to certain Holders be issued in global form will
     still apply with respect to Holders of such Initial Notes that do not
     exchange their Initial Notes, and Exchange Notes in certificated or global
     form will be available to Holders that exchange such Initial Notes in such
     Registered Exchange Offer.

          (v)  Upon the consummation of a Private Exchange with respect to the
     Initial Notes, all requirements pertaining to such Initial Notes that
     Initial Notes issued to certain Holders be issued in global form will still
     apply with respect to Holders of such Initial Notes that do not exchange
     their Initial Notes, and Private Exchange Notes in global form with the
     global securities legend and the restricted securities legend set forth in
     Exhibit 1 hereto will be available to Holders that exchange such Initial
     Notes in such Private Exchange.

          (f)  CANCELLATION OR ADJUSTMENT OF GLOBAL NOTE. At such time as all
beneficial interests in a Global Note have either been exchanged for Definitive
Notes, redeemed, purchased or canceled, such Global Note shall be returned to
the Depository for cancellation or retained and canceled by the Trustee. At any
time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is
exchanged for certificated Notes, redeemed, purchased or canceled, the principal
amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced and an
adjustment shall be made on the books and records of the Trustee (if it is then
the Notes Custodian for such Global Note) with respect to such Global Note, by
the Trustee or the Notes Custodian, to reflect such reduction.

          (g)  OBLIGATIONS WITH RESPECT TO TRANSFERS AND EXCHANGES OF NOTES.

          (i)  To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Company
     shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Definitive Notes and
     Global Notes at the Registrar's or co-registrar's request.

          (ii) No service charge shall be made for any registration of transfer
     or exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to
     cover any transfer tax, assessments, or similar governmental charge payable
     in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes,

<Page>

                                                                            A-12

     assessments or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or
     transfer pursuant to Sections 3.06, 4.02 and 9.05 of the Indenture).

          (iii) The Registrar or co-registrar shall not be required to register
     the transfer of or exchange of (a) any Definitive Note selected for
     redemption in whole or in part pursuant to Article 3 of this Indenture,
     except the unredeemed portion of any Definitive Note being redeemed in
     part, or (b) any Note for a period beginning 15 days before the mailing of
     a notice of an offer to repurchase or redeem Notes or 15 days before an
     interest payment date.

          (iv) Prior to the due presentation for registration of transfer of any
     Note, the Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent, the Registrar or any
     co-registrar may deem and treat the Person in whose name a Note is
     registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving
     payment of principal of and interest on such Note and for all other
     purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Note is overdue, and none of the
     Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent, the Registrar or any co-registrar
     shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

          (v)  All Notes issued upon any transfer or exchange pursuant to the
     terms of this Indenture shall evidence the same debt and shall be entitled
     to the same benefits under this Indenture as the Notes surrendered upon
     such transfer or exchange.

          (h)  NO OBLIGATION OF THE TRUSTEE.

          (i)  The Trustee shall have no responsibility or obligation to any
     beneficial owner of a Global Note, a member of, or a participant in the
     Depository or other Person with respect to the accuracy of the records of
     the Depository or its nominee or of any participant or member thereof, with
     respect to any ownership interest in the Notes or with respect to the
     delivery to any participant, member, beneficial owner or other Person
     (other than the Depository) of any notice (including any notice of
     redemption) or the payment of any amount, under or with respect to such
     Notes. All notices and communications to be given to the Holders and all
     payments to be made to Holders under the Notes shall be given or made only
     to or upon the order of the registered Holders (which shall be the
     Depository or its nominee in the case of a Global Note). The rights of
     beneficial owners in any Global Note

<Page>

                                                                            A-13

     shall be exercised only through the Depository subject to the applicable
     rules and procedures of the Depository. The Trustee may rely and shall be
     fully protected in relying upon information furnished by the Depository
     with respect to its members, participants and any beneficial owners.

          (ii) The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor,
     determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer
     imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any
     transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or
     among Depository participants, members or beneficial owners in any Global
     Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other
     documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and
     when expressly required by, the terms of this Indenture, and to examine the
     same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express
     requirements hereof.

     2.4.      DEFINITIVE NOTES.

          (a)  A Global Note deposited with the Depository or with the Trustee
as Notes Custodian for the Depository pursuant to Section 2.1 shall be
transferred to the beneficial owners thereof in the form of Definitive Notes in
an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of such Global Note,
in exchange for such Global Note, only if such transfer complies with Section
2.3 and (i) the Depository notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable
to continue as Depository for such Global Note or if at any time such Depository
ceases to be a "clearing agency" registered under the Exchange Act and a
successor Depositary is not appointed by the Company within 90 days of such
notice, or (ii) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or (iii) the
Company, in its sole discretion, notifies the Trustee in writing that it elects
to cause the issuance of Definitive Notes under this Indenture.

          (b)  Any Global Note that is transferable to the beneficial owners
thereof pursuant to this Section shall be surrendered by the Depository to the
Trustee located at its principal corporate trust office, to be so transferred,
in whole or from time to time in part, without charge, and the Trustee shall
authenticate and deliver, upon such transfer of each portion of such Global
Note, an equal aggregate principal amount of Definitive Notes of authorized
denominations. Any portion of a Global Note transferred pursuant to this Section
shall be executed, authenticated and delivered only in denominations of $1,000
principal amount and any integral multiple thereof and

<Page>

                                                                            A-14

registered in such names as the Depository shall direct. Any Definitive Note
delivered in exchange for an interest in a Transfer Restricted Note shall,
except as otherwise provided by Section 2.3(e), bear the restricted securities
legend set forth in EXHIBIT 1 hereto.

          (c)  Subject to the provisions of Section 2.4(b), the registered
Holder of a Global Note shall be entitled to grant proxies and otherwise
authorize any Person, including Agent Members and Persons that may hold
interests through Agent Members, to take any action which a Holder is entitled
to take under this Indenture or the Notes.

          (d)  In the event of the occurrence of one of the events specified in
Section 2.4(a), the Company shall promptly make available to the Trustee a
reasonable supply of Definitive Notes in definitive, fully registered form
without interest coupons.

<Page>

                                                                       EXHIBIT 1
                                                                              to
                                                                      APPENDIX A

                         [FORM OF FACE OF INITIAL NOTE]

                              [Global Note Legend]

          UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE
OF THE DEPOSITARY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION ("DTC"), TO THE COMPANY
OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE, OR PAYMENT, AND ANY
CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME
AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE
TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED
REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE, OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR
OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER
HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

          TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE,
BUT NOT IN PART, TO NOMINEES OF DTC OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH
SUCCESSOR'S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE
LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE
INDENTURE REFERRED TO ON THE REVERSE HEREOF.

                         [Restricted Securities Legend]

          THIS NOTE (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION
EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS
AMENDED (THE "SECURITIES ACT"), AND THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR
OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN APPLICABLE
EXEMPTION THEREFROM. EACH PURCHASER OF THIS NOTE IS HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT THE
SELLER OF THIS NOTE MAY BE RELYING ON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE PROVISIONS OF
SECTION 5 OF THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144A THEREUNDER.

          THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE COMPANY THAT (A)
THIS NOTE MAY BE OFFERED, RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, ONLY (I) IN
THE UNITED STATES TO A PERSON WHOM THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED
INSTITUTIONAL BUYER (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) IN A
TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, (II) OUTSIDE THE UNITED
STATES IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT, (III) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION

<Page>

                                                                               2

UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144 THEREUNDER (IF AVAILABLE) OR (IV)
PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, IN
EACH OF CASES (I) THROUGH (IV) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS
OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES, AND (B) THE HOLDER WILL, AND EACH SUBSEQUENT
HOLDER IS REQUIRED TO, NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER OF THE NOTE FROM IT OF THE RESALE
RESTRICTIONS REFERRED TO IN (A) ABOVE.

                   [Temporary Regulation S Global Note Legend]

          BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP INTERESTS IN THIS TEMPORARY REGULATION S GLOBAL
NOTE WILL NOT BE EXCHANGEABLE FOR INTERESTS IN THE RULE 144A GLOBAL NOTE OR THE
PERMANENT REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE OR ANY OTHER NOTE REPRESENTING AN INTEREST IN
THE NOTES REPRESENTED HEREBY WHICH DO NOT CONTAIN A LEGEND CONTAINING
RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER, UNTIL THE EXPIRATION OF THE "40-DAY DISTRIBUTION
COMPLIANCE PERIOD" (WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 903(c)(3) OF REGULATION S UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT) AND THEN ONLY UPON CERTIFICATION IN FORM REASONABLY
SATISFACTORY TO THE TRUSTEE THAT SUCH BENEFICIAL INTERESTS ARE OWNED EITHER BY
NON-U.S. PERSONS OR U.S. PERSONS WHO PURCHASED SUCH INTERESTS IN A TRANSACTION
THAT DID NOT REQUIRE REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT. DURING SUCH 40-DAY
DISTRIBUTION COMPLIANCE PERIOD, BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP INTERESTS IN THIS TEMPORARY
REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE MAY ONLY BE SOLD, PLEDGED OR TRANSFERRED THROUGH THE
EUROCLEAR BANK S.A./N.A., AS OPERATOR OF THE EUROCLEAR SYSTEM OR CLEARSTREAM
BANKING, SOCIETE ANONYME AND ONLY (I) TO THE COMPANY, (II) IN THE UNITED STATES
TO A PERSON WHOM THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL
BUYER (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) IN A TRANSACTION
MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, (III) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN AN
OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (IV)
PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY
RULE 144 THEREUNDER (IF AVAILABLE) OR (V) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION
STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, IN EACH OF CASES (I) THROUGH (V) IN
ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED
STATES. HOLDERS OF INTERESTS IN THIS TEMPORARY REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE WILL
NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER OF SUCH RESALE RESTRICTIONS, IF THEN APPLICABLE.

                            [Definitive Notes Legend]

          IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER WILL DELIVER TO THE
REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS SUCH
TRANSFER AGENT MAY REASONABLY

<Page>

                                                                               3

REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.

<Page>

                                                                               4

No.-                                                                          $-
                                                                     CUSIP No. -
                                                                      ISIN No. -

                    9 1/2% Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2013

          MERISANT COMPANY, a Delaware corporation, promises to pay to CEDE &
CO., or registered assigns, the principal sum of TWO HUNDRED TWENTY-FOUR MILLION
SIXTY-FIVE THOUSAND DOLLARS, or such greater or lesser amount as may from time
to time be endorsed on the Schedule of Increases or Decreases in Global Note
attached hereto (but in no event may such amount exceed the maximum principal
amount of Notes authenticated pursuant to Section 2.2 of Appendix A to the
Indenture referred to below and then outstanding pursuant to Section 2.08 of the
Indenture), on July 15, 2013.

     Interest Payment Dates:  January 15 and July 15, commencing
                              January 15, 2004.

     Record Dates:   January 1 and July 1.

          Additional provisions of this Note are set forth on the other side of
this Note.

Dated: -, 20-
                                              MERISANT COMPANY

                                              By:
                                                 -------------------------------
                                              Name:
                                                   -----------------------------
                                              Title:
                                                    ----------------------------

                                              By:
                                                 -------------------------------
                                              Name:
                                                   -----------------------------
                                              Title:
                                                    ----------------------------

TRUSTEE'S CERTIFICATE OF
    AUTHENTICATION

Wells Fargo Bank Minnesota, National Association,
  as Trustee, certifies
     that this is one of
     the Notes referred
     to in the Indenture.

<Page>

                                                                               5

By:

     --------------------------
     Authorized Signatory

<Page>

                                                                               6

                     [FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF INITIAL NOTE]
                    9 1/2% Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2013

1.  INTEREST

          MERISANT COMPANY, a Delaware corporation (such corporation, and its
successors and assigns under the Indenture hereinafter referred to, being herein
called the "COMPANY"), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this
Note at the rate per annum shown above; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if a
Registration Default (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement) occurs,
additional interest will accrue on this Note at a rate specified in the
Registration Rights Agreement. Interest on overdue principal (and, to the extent
lawful, on overdue installments of interest) shall accrue at the rate that is 1%
per annum in excess of the rate specified in the preceding sentence. The Company
will pay interest semiannually on January 15 and July 15 of each year,
commencing January 15, 2004. Interest on the Notes (other than Additional Notes)
will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no
interest has been paid, from [insert date of issuance]. Interest on Additional
Notes will accrue from the most recent interest payment date, or, if such
Additional Notes are issued prior to the first interest payment date, from the
Issue Date. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve
30-day months.

2.  METHOD OF PAYMENT

          The Company will pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest)
to the Persons who are registered holders of Notes at the close of business on
the January 1 or July 1 next preceding the interest payment date even if Notes
are canceled after the record date and on or before the interest payment date.
Holders must surrender Notes to a Paying Agent to collect principal payments.
The Company will pay principal and interest in money of the United States that
at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.
Payments in respect of the Notes represented by a Global Note (including
principal, premium and interest) will be made by wire transfer of immediately
available funds to the accounts specified by The Depository Trust Company. The
Company will make all payments in respect of a certificated Note (including
principal, premium and interest) by mailing a check to the registered address of
each Holder thereof; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that payments on a certificated Note
will be made by wire transfer to a U.S. dollar account maintained by the payee
with a bank in the United States if such Holder elects payment by wire transfer
by giving written

<Page>

                                                                               7

notice to the Trustee or the Paying Agent to such effect designating such
account no later than 30 days immediately preceding the relevant due date for
payment (or such other date as the Trustee may accept in its discretion).

3.  PAYING AGENT AND REGISTRAR

          Initially, Wells Fargo Bank Minnesota, National Association (the
"TRUSTEE"), will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may appoint and
change any Paying Agent, Registrar or co-registrar without notice. The Company
or any of its domestically incorporated Wholly Owned Subsidiaries may act as
Paying Agent, Registrar or co-registrar.

4.  INDENTURE

          The Company issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of July 11,
2003 (as such may be amended or supplemented from time to time, "INDENTURE"),
among the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes
include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by
reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. Sections 77aaa-77bbbb)
as in effect on the date of the Indenture (the "TIA"). Terms defined in the
Indenture and not defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the
Indenture. The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Noteholders are referred
to the Indenture and the TIA for a statement of those terms.

          The Notes are general unsecured obligations of the Company. The
Company shall be entitled, subject to its compliance with Sections 2.13 and 4.06
of the Indenture, to issue Additional Notes pursuant to Section 2.13 of the
Indenture. The Initial Notes issued on the Issue Date, any Additional Notes and
all Exchange Notes or Private Exchange Notes issued in exchange therefor will be
treated as a single class for all purposes under the Indenture. The Indenture
contains covenants that limit the ability of the Company and its subsidiaries to
incur additional indebtedness; layer indebtedness; pay dividends or
distributions on, or redeem or repurchase capital stock; make investments;
engage in transactions with affiliates; create liens on assets; transfer or sell
assets; restrict dividends or other payments from subsidiaries; and consolidate,
merge or transfer all or substantially all of its assets and the assets of its
subsidiaries. These covenants are subject to important exceptions and
qualifications.

5.  OPTIONAL REDEMPTION

<Page>

                                                                               8

          Except as set forth below, the Company shall not be entitled to redeem
the Notes at its option prior to July 15, 2008.

          (a)  On and after July 15, 2008, the Company shall be entitled at its
option to redeem all or a portion of the Notes upon not less than 30 nor more
than 60 days' notice, at the redemption prices (expressed in percentages of
principal amount on the redemption date), plus accrued and unpaid interest
thereon, if any, to the applicable redemption date (subject to the right of
Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the
relevant interest payment date), if redeemed during the 12-month period
commencing on July 15 of the years set forth below:

<Table>
<Caption>
                                             Redemption
                        Period                 Price
                        ------               ----------
                 <S>                          <C>
                         2008                 104.750%
                         2009                 103.167%
                         2010                 101.583%
                 2011 and thereafter          100.000%
</Table>

          In addition, before July 16, 2006, the Company may at its option on
one or more occasions redeem Notes (which includes Additional Notes, if any) in
an aggregate principal amount not to exceed 35% of the aggregate principal
amount of the Notes (which includes Additional Notes, if any) issued prior to
such date at a redemption price (expressed as a percentage of principal amount)
of 109.5%, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date, with the Net
Cash Proceeds from one or more Qualified Equity Offerings; PROVIDED, HOWEVER,
that (1) at least 65% of such aggregate principal amount of Notes (which
excludes Additional Notes, if any) remains outstanding immediately after the
occurrence of each such redemption (other than Notes held, directly or
indirectly, by the Company or its Affiliates); (2) each such redemption occurs
within 60 days after the date of the related Qualified Equity Offering; and (3)
if the Qualified Equity Offering is an offering by Parent or Holdings, a portion
of the Net Cash Proceeds thereof equal to the amount required to redeem any such
Notes is contributed to the equity capital of the Company or used to acquire
from the Company Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company.

          (b)  At any time on or prior to the First Call Date, after the
completion of a Change of Control Offer that was accepted by Holders of not less
than 75% of the Notes then

<Page>

                                                                               9

outstanding, the Company may redeem the Notes of any Holder who has not accepted
the Change of Control Offer (the "UNTENDERED NOTES") upon not less than 30 nor
more than 60 days' prior notice but in no event more than 90 days after the
completion of such Change of Control Offer, mailed by first-class mail to each
Holder's registered address, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the
principal amount of the Untendered Notes plus the Applicable Premium as of, and
accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, the date of redemption (the "CHANGE OF
CONTROL REDEMPTION DATE"), except that installments of interest which are due
and payable on dates falling on or prior to the applicable redemption date will
be payable to the Persons who were the Holders of record at the close of
business on the relevant record dates.

6.  NOTICE OF REDEMPTION

          Notice of redemption will be mailed by first class mail at least 30
days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder of
Notes to be redeemed at the Holder's registered address. Notes in denominations
of $1,000 principal amount or less may be redeemed in whole and not in part.
Notes in denominations larger than $1,000 principal amount may be redeemed in
part but only in whole multiples of $1,000. If money sufficient to pay the
redemption price of and accrued interest on all Notes (or portions thereof) to
be redeemed on the redemption date is deposited with the Paying Agent on or
before the redemption date and certain other conditions are satisfied, on and
after such date interest ceases to accrue on such Notes (or such portions
thereof) called for redemption.

7.  PUT PROVISIONS

          Upon a Change of Control, each Holder will have the right to require
that the Company purchase such Holder's Notes at a purchase price equal to 101%
of the principal amount of the Notes to be purchased plus accrued and unpaid
interest, if any, to the date of purchase (subject to the right of holders of
record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the related
interest payment date) as provided in, and subject to the terms of, the
Indenture.

          In certain circumstances, the Company must use the Net Available Cash
from Asset Dispositions to make an offer to Holders to purchase Notes at a
purchase price of 100% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid
interest.

8.  SUBORDINATION

<Page>

                                                                              10

          The Notes are subordinated to Senior Indebtedness of the Company. To
the extent provided in the Indenture, Senior Indebtedness of the Company must be
paid before the Notes may be paid. The Company agrees, and each Noteholder by
accepting a Note agrees, to the subordination provisions contained in the
Indenture and authorizes the Trustee to give it effect and appoints the Trustee
as attorney-in-fact for such purpose.

9.  GUARANTY

          The payment by the Company of the principal of, and premium and
interest on, the Notes is fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a joint and
several senior subordinated basis by each of the Guarantors. Not all
Subsidiaries are Guarantors.

10.  DENOMINATIONS; TRANSFER; EXCHANGE

          The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of
$1,000 principal amount and whole multiples of $1,000. A Holder may transfer or
exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture. The Registrar may require a
Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements or transfer
documents and to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the
Indenture. The Registrar need not register the transfer of or exchange any Notes
selected for redemption (except, in the case of a Note to be redeemed in part,
the portion of the Note not to be redeemed) or any Notes for a period of 15 days
before the mailing of a notice of redemption of Notes to be redeemed or 15 days
before an interest payment date.

11.  PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS

          The registered Holder of this Note may be treated as the Note's owner
for all purposes.

12.  UNCLAIMED MONEY

          If money for the payment of principal or interest remains unclaimed
for two years, the Trustee or Paying Agent shall pay the money back to the
Company at its request unless an abandoned property law designates another
Person. After any such payment, Holders entitled to the money must look only to
the Company and not to the Trustee for payment.

13.  DISCHARGE AND DEFEASANCE

<Page>

                                                                              11

          Subject to certain conditions, the Company at any time shall be
entitled to terminate some or all of its obligations under the Notes and the
Indenture if the Company deposits with the Trustee money or U.S. Government
Obligations for the payment of principal and interest on the Notes to redemption
or maturity, as the case may be.

14.  AMENDMENT, WAIVER

          Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, (i) the
Indenture and the Notes may be amended with the written consent of the Holders
of at least a majority in principal amount outstanding of the Notes and (ii) any
default or noncompliance with any provision may be waived with the written
consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount outstanding of the
Notes. Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, without the
consent of any Noteholder, the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee shall be
entitled to amend the Indenture or the Notes to cure any ambiguity, omission,
defect or inconsistency, to comply with Article 5 of the Indenture, to provide
for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes, to
add guarantees with respect to the Notes, including any Guaranties, to secure
the Notes, to add additional covenants or surrender rights and powers conferred
on the Company or any Guarantors, to comply with any request of the SEC in
connection with qualifying the Indenture under the TIA, to make any change that
does not adversely affect the rights of any Noteholder, or to evidence the
release of a Guarantor in accordance with the Indenture.

15.  DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

          Under the Indenture, Events of Default include: (i) default in payment
of interest on the Notes, continued for 30 days; (ii) default in payment of
principal on the Notes at maturity, upon optional redemption pursuant to
paragraph 5 of the Notes, upon declaration of acceleration or otherwise, or
failure by the Company to redeem or purchase Notes when required; (iii) failure
by the Company or any Guarantor to comply with other agreements in the Indenture
or the Notes, in certain cases subject to notice and lapse of time; (iv) certain
accelerations (including failure to pay within any grace period after final
maturity) of other Indebtedness of the Company, any Guarantor or any Significant
Subsidiary if the amount accelerated (or so unpaid) exceeds $10 million; (v)
certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to the Company, any
Guarantor and the Significant Subsidiaries; (vi) certain judgments or decrees
for the payment of money in excess of $10

<Page>

                                                                              12

million; and (vii) certain defaults with respect to Guaranties. If an Event of
Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in
principal amount of the Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and payable by
notice in writing to the Company and the Trustee, and upon such declaration, the
Notes will be due and payable immediately. Certain events of bankruptcy or
insolvency are Events of Default which will result in the Notes being due and
payable immediately upon the occurrence of such Events of Default.

          Noteholders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as
provided in the Indenture. The Trustee may refuse to enforce the Indenture or
the Notes unless it receives reasonable indemnity or security against any loss,
liability or expense. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in
principal amount of the Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any
trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Noteholders notice of any
continuing Default (except a Default in payment of principal or interest) if it
determines that withholding notice is in the interest of the Holders.

16.  TRUSTEE DEALINGS WITH THE COMPANY

          Subject to certain limitations imposed by the Act, the Trustee under
the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or
pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with and collect obligations owed to it
by the Company or its Affiliates and may otherwise deal with the Company or its
Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee.

17.  NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS

          No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the
Company or any Guarantor will have any liability for any obligations of the
Company or any Guarantor under the Notes, any Guaranty or the Indenture or for
any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of such obligations or their
creation. Each Holder of the Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all
such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for
issuance of the Notes.

18.  AUTHENTICATION

          This Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the
Trustee (or an authenticating agent) manually signs the certificate of
authentication on the other side of this Note.

<Page>

                                                                              13

19.  ABBREVIATIONS

          Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Noteholder or an
assignee, such as TEN COM (=tenants in common), TEN ENT (=tenants by the
entireties), JT TEN (=joint tenants with rights of survivorship and not as
tenants in common), CUST (=custodian), and U/G/M/A (=Uniform Gift to Minors
Act).

20.  CUSIP NUMBERS

          The Company in issuing the Notes may use "CUSIP" numbers and
corresponding "ISINs" (if then generally in use) and, if so, the Trustee shall
use "CUSIP" numbers and corresponding "ISINs" in notices of redemption as a
convenience to Holders; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that any such notice may state that
no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as
printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of a redemption and that
reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the
Notes, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or
omission of such numbers.

21.  HOLDERS' COMPLIANCE WITH REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

          Each Holder of a Note, by acceptance hereof, acknowledges and agrees
to the provisions of the Registration Rights Agreement, including the
obligations of the Holders with respect to a registration and the
indemnification of the Company to the extent provided therein.

22.  GOVERNING LAW

          THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE
LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK BUT WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES
OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER
JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.

          The Company will furnish to any Noteholder upon written request and
without charge to the Noteholder a copy of the Indenture which has in it the
text of this Note in larger type. Requests may be made to:

          Merisant Company
          One North Brentwood Boulevard, Suite 510
          Clayton, Missouri  63103
          Attention:  Luke C. Kissam, Esq.

<Page>

                                                                              14

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                 ASSIGNMENT FORM

To assign this Note, fill in the form below:

I or we assign and transfer this Note to

--------------------------------------------------------------
  (Print or type assignee's name, address and zip code)

--------------------------------------------------------------
      (Insert assignee's soc. sec. or tax I.D. No.)

and irrevocably appoint ____________________ agent to transfer this Note on the
books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

------------------------------------------------------------------

Date:                    Your Signature:
     --------------------               --------------------------

------------------------------------------------------------------

Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note.

In connection with any transfer of any of the Notes evidenced by this
certificate occurring prior to the expiration of the period referred to in Rule
144(k) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "SECURITIES ACT"),
after the later of the date of the original issuance of such Notes and the last
date, if any, on which such Notes were owned by the Company or any Affiliate of
the Company, the undersigned confirms that such Notes are being transferred in
accordance with its terms:

CHECK ONE BOX BELOW

(1)    / /     to the Company; or

(2)    / /     in the United States to a "qualified institutional buyer" (as
               defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act) that purchases for
               its own account or for the account of a qualified institutional
               buyer to whom notice is given that such transfer is being made in
               reliance on Rule

<Page>

                                                                              15

               144A, in each case pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 144A
               under the Securities Act; or

(3)    / /     outside the United States in an offshore transaction within
               the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act in
               compliance with Rule 904 under the Securities Act; or

(4)    / /     pursuant to the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144
               under the Securities Act; or

(5)    / /     pursuant to an effective registration statement under the
               Securities Act.

       If such transfer is being made pursuant to an offshore transaction in
accordance with Rule 904 under the Securities Act, the undersigned further
certifies that:

       (i) the offer of the Notes was not made to a person in the United States;

       (ii) either (a) at the time the buy offer was originated, the transferee
was outside the United States or we and any person acting on our behalf
reasonably believed that the transferee was outside the United States, or (b)
the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated
off-shore securities market and neither we nor any person acting on our behalf
knows that the transaction has been pre-arranged with a buyer in the United
States;

       (iii) no directed selling efforts have been made in the United States in
contravention of the requirements of Rule 903 or Rule 904 of Regulation S, as
applicable;

       (iv) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the
registration requirements of the Securities Act;

       (v) we have advised the transferee of the transfer restrictions
applicable to the Notes; and

       (vi) if the circumstances set forth in Rule 904(B) under the Securities
Act, are applicable, we have complied with the additional conditions therein,
including (if applicable) sending a confirmation or other notice stating that
the Notes may be offered and sold during the distribution compliance period
specified in Rule 903 of

<Page>

                                                                              16

Regulation S; pursuant to registration of the Notes under the Securities Act; or
pursuant to an available exemption from the registration requirements under the
Securities Act.

       Unless one of the boxes is checked, the Trustee will refuse to register
any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate in the name of any person other
than the registered holder thereof; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if box (3) or (4) is
checked, the Trustee shall be entitled to require, prior to registering any such
transfer of the Notes, such legal opinions, certifications and other information
as the Company has reasonably requested to confirm that such transfer is being
made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the
registration requirements of the Securities Act such as the exemption provided
by Rule 144 under such Act.

                                           -------------------------------------
                                               Signature

Signature Guarantee:
                    -----------------------------------------------------------
                                            (Signature must be guaranteed)

       Signatures must be guaranteed by an "eligible guarantor institution"
meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership
or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program ("STAMP") or
such other "signature guarantee program" as may be determined by the Registrar
in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (2) ABOVE IS CHECKED.

       The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Note
for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole
investment discretion and that it and any such account is a "qualified
institutional buyer" within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act
and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and
acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Company as the
undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has

<Page>

                                                                              17

determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the
transferor is relying upon the undersigned's foregoing representations in order
to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A.

Dated:
      --------------                           ---------------------------------
                                               NOTICE:  To be executed by
                                                        an executive officer

<Page>

                                                                              18

                        [TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL NOTES]

                SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL NOTE

       The following increases or decreases in this Global Note have been made:

<Table>
<Caption>
                                                               Principal
                       Amount of          Amount of            amount of this     Signature of
                       decrease in        increase in          Global Note        authorized
                       Principal          Principal            following such     officer of
                       amount of this     amount of this       decrease or        Trustee or
Date of Exchange       Global Note        Global Note          increase           Notes  Custodian
<S>                    <C>                <C>                  <C>                <C>

</Table>

<Page>

                                                                              19

                       OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

       If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant
to Section 4.04 or 4.10 of the Indenture, check the box:  / /

       If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the
Company pursuant to Section 4.04 or 4.10 of the Indenture, state the amount in
principal amount: $_____________

Date:                       Your Signature:
     -------------                         -------------------------------------
                                           (Sign exactly as your name appears on
                                            the other side of this Note.)

Signature Guarantee:
                      ----------------------------------------------------------
                                      (Signature must be guaranteed)

Signatures must be guaranteed by an "eligible guarantor institution" meeting the
requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or
participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program ("STAMP") or such
other "signature guarantee program" as may be determined by the Registrar in
addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

<Page>

                                                                       EXHIBIT 2
                                                                              to
                                                                      APPENDIX A

                         [FORM OF FACE OF EXCHANGE NOTE
                         OR PRIVATE EXCHANGE NOTE] */**/

No.-                                                                          $-
                                                                     CUSIP No. -
                                                                      ISIN No. -

                    9 1/2% Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2013

          MERISANT COMPANY, a Delaware corporation, promises to pay to -, or
registered assigns, the principal sum of - DOLLARS, or such greater or lesser
amount as may from time to time be endorsed on the Schedule of Increases or
Decreases in Global Note attached hereto (but in no event may such amount exceed
the maximum principal amount of Notes authenticated pursuant to Section 2.2 of
Appendix A to the Indenture referred to below and then outstanding pursuant to
Section 2.08 of the Indenture), on July 15, 2013.

     Interest Payment Dates:  January 15 and July 15, commencing
                              January 15, 2004.

     Record Dates:  January 1 and July 1.

          Additional provisions of this Note are set forth on the other side of
this Note.

Dated:  -, 20-
                                              MERISANT COMPANY

                                              By:
                                                 -------------------------------
                                              Name:
                                                   -----------------------------
                                              Title:
                                                    ----------------------------

                                              By:
                                                 -------------------------------
                                              Name:
                                                   -----------------------------
                                              Title:
                                                    ----------------------------

TRUSTEE'S CERTIFICATE OF
     AUTHENTICATION

[TRUSTEE],
  as Trustee, certifies
     that this is one of

<Page>

                                                                       EXHIBIT 2
                                                                              to
                                                                      APPENDIX A

     the Notes referred
     to in the Indenture.

By:

     ----------------------------------
     Authorized Signatory

----------
*/If the Note is to be issued in global form add the Global Notes Legend from
EXHIBIT 1 to APPENDIX A and the attachment from such EXHIBIT 1 captioned "TO BE
ATTACHED TO GLOBAL NOTES - SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL NOTE".

**/If the Note is a Private Exchange Note issued in a Private Exchange to an
Initial Purchaser holding an unsold portion of its initial allotment, add the
restricted securities legend from EXHIBIT 1 to APPENDIX A and replace the
Assignment Form included in this EXHIBIT 2 with the Assignment Form included in
such EXHIBIT 1.

<Page>

                                                                               3

                     [FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF EXCHANGE NOTE
                            OR PRIVATE EXCHANGE NOTE]

                    9 1/2% Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2013

1.  INTEREST

          MERISANT COMPANY, a Delaware corporation (such corporation, and its
successors and assigns under the Indenture hereinafter referred to, being herein
called the "COMPANY"), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this
Note at the rate per annum shown above; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if a
Registration Default (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement) occurs,
additional interest will accrue on this Note at a rate specified in the
Registration Rights Agreement. Interest on overdue principal (and, to the extent
lawful, on overdue installments of interest) shall accrue at the rate that is 1%
per annum in excess of the rate specified in the preceding sentence. The Company
will pay interest semiannually on January 15 and July 15 of each year,
commencing January 15, 2004. Interest on the Notes (other than Additional Notes)
will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no
interest has been paid, from [insert last payment date on which interest was
paid on the Initial Notes or, if no interest has been paid on the Initial Notes,
insert the date of original issuance of the Initial Notes]. Interest on
Additional Notes will accrue from the most recent interest payment date, or, if
such Additional Notes are issued prior to the first interest payment date, from
the Issue Date. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of
twelve 30-day months.

2.  METHOD OF PAYMENT

          The Company will pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest)
to the Persons who are registered holders of Notes at the close of business on
the January 1 or July 1 next preceding the interest payment date even if Notes
are canceled after the record date and on or before the interest payment date.
Holders must surrender Notes to a Paying Agent to collect principal payments.
The Company will pay principal and interest in money of the United States that
at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.
Payments in respect of the Notes represented by a Global Note (including
principal, premium and interest) will be made by wire transfer of immediately
available funds to the accounts specified by The Depository Trust Company. The
Company will make all payments in respect of a certificated Note (including
principal, premium and interest) by mailing a check to the registered address of
each

<Page>

                                                                               4

Holder thereof; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that payments on a certificated Note will be
made by wire transfer to a U.S. dollar account maintained by the payee with a
bank in the United States if such Holder elects payment by wire transfer by
giving written notice to the Trustee or the Paying Agent to such effect
designating such account no later than 30 days immediately preceding the
relevant due date for payment (or such other date as the Trustee may accept in
its discretion).

3.  PAYING AGENT AND REGISTRAR

          Initially, [THE TRUSTEE] (the "TRUSTEE"), will act as Paying Agent and
Registrar. The Company may appoint and change any Paying Agent, Registrar or
co-registrar without notice. The Company or any of its domestically incorporated
Wholly Owned Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent, Registrar or co-registrar.

4.  INDENTURE

          The Company issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of July 11,
2003 (as such may be amended or supplemented from time to time, "INDENTURE"),
among the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes
include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by
reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. Sections 77aaa-77bbbb)
as in effect on the date of the Indenture (the "TIA"). Terms defined in the
Indenture and not defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the
Indenture. The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Noteholders are referred
to the Indenture and the TIA for a statement of those terms.

          The Notes are general unsecured obligations of the Company. The
Company shall be entitled, subject to its compliance with Sections 2.13 and 4.06
of the Indenture, to issue Additional Notes pursuant to Section 2.13 of the
Indenture. The Initial Notes issued on the Issue Date, any Additional Notes and
all Exchange Notes or Private Exchange Notes issued in exchange therefor will be
treated as a single class for all purposes under the Indenture. The Indenture
contains covenants that limit the ability of the Company and its subsidiaries to
incur additional indebtedness; layer indebtedness; pay dividends or
distributions on, or redeem or repurchase capital stock; make investments;
engage in transactions with affiliates; create liens on assets; transfer or sell
assets; restrict dividends or other payments from subsidiaries; and consolidate,
merge or transfer all or substantially all of its assets and the assets of its

<Page>

                                                                               5

subsidiaries. These covenants are subject to important exceptions and
qualifications.

5.  OPTIONAL REDEMPTION

          Except as set forth below, the Company shall not be entitled to redeem
the Notes at its option prior to July 15, 2008.

          (a)  On and after July 15, 2008, the Company shall be entitled at its
option to redeem all or a portion of the Notes upon not less than 30 nor more
than 60 days' notice, at the redemption prices (expressed in percentages of
principal amount on the redemption date), plus accrued and unpaid interest
thereon, if any, to the applicable redemption date (subject to the right of
Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the
relevant interest payment date), if redeemed during the 12-month period
commencing on July 15 of the years set forth below:

<Table>
<Caption>
                                                   Redemption
                    Period                           Price
                    ------                         ----------
             <S>                                    <C>
                     2008                           104.750%
                     2009                           103.167%
                     2010                           101.583%
             2011 and thereafter                    100.000%
</Table>

          In addition, before July 15, 2006, the Company may at its option on
one or more occasions redeem Notes (which includes Additional Notes, if any) in
an aggregate principal amount not to exceed 35% of the aggregate principal
amount of the Notes (which includes Additional Notes, if any) originally issued
at a redemption price (expressed as a percentage of principal amount) of 109.5%,
plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date, with the Net Cash
Proceeds from one or more Qualified Equity Offerings; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that
(1) at least 65% of such aggregate principal amount of Notes (which excludes
Additional Notes, if any) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence
of each such redemption (other than Notes held, directly or indirectly, by the
Company or its Affiliates); (2) each such redemption occurs within 60 days after
the date of the related Qualified Equity Offering; and (3) if the Qualified
Equity Offering is an offering by Parent or Holdings, a portion of the Net Cash
Proceeds thereof equal to the amount required to redeem any such Notes is
contributed to the equity capital of

<Page>

                                                                               6

the Company or used to acquire from the Company Capital Stock (other than
Disqualified Stock) of the Company.

          (b)  At any time on or prior to the First Call Date, after the
completion of a Change of Control Offer that was accepted by Holders of not less
than 75% of the Notes then outstanding, the Company may redeem the Notes of any
Holder who has not accepted the Change of Control Offer (the "UNTENDERED NOTES")
upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days' prior notice but in no event more
than 90 days after the completion of such Change of Control Offer, mailed by
first-class mail to each Holder's registered address, at a redemption price
equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Untendered Notes plus the
Applicable Premium as of, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, the date
of redemption (the "CHANGE OF CONTROL REDEMPTION DATE"), except that
installments of interest which are due and payable on dates falling on or prior
to the applicable redemption date will be payable to the Persons who were the
Holders of record at the close of business on the relevant record dates.

6.  NOTICE OF REDEMPTION

          Notice of redemption will be mailed by first class mail at least 30
days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder of
Notes to be redeemed at the Holder's registered address. Notes in denominations
of $1,000 principal amount or less may be redeemed in whole and not in part.
Notes in denominations larger than $1,000 principal amount may be redeemed in
part but only in whole multiples of $1,000. If money sufficient to pay the
redemption price of and accrued interest on all Notes (or portions thereof) to
be redeemed on the redemption date is deposited with the Paying Agent on or
before the redemption date and certain other conditions are satisfied, on and
after such date interest ceases to accrue on such Notes (or such portions
thereof) called for redemption.

7.  PUT PROVISIONS

          Upon a Change of Control, each Holder will have the right to require
that the Company purchase such Holder's Notes at a purchase price equal to 101%
of the principal amount of the Notes to be purchased plus accrued and unpaid
interest, if any, to the date of purchase (subject to the right of holders of
record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the related
interest payment date) as provided in, and subject to the terms of, the
Indenture.

<Page>

                                                                               7

          In certain circumstances, the Company must use the Net Available Cash
from Asset Dispositions to make an offer to Holders to purchase Notes at a
purchase price of 100% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid
interest.

8.  SUBORDINATION

          The Notes are subordinated to Senior Indebtedness of the Company. To
the extent provided in the Indenture, Senior Indebtedness of the Company must be
paid before the Notes may be paid. The Company agrees, and each Noteholder by
accepting a Note agrees, to the subordination provisions contained in the
Indenture and authorizes the Trustee to give it effect and appoints the Trustee
as attorney-in-fact for such purpose.

9.  GUARANTY

          The payment by the Company of the principal of, and premium and
interest on, the Notes is fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a joint and
several senior subordinated basis by each of the Guarantors. Not all
Subsidiaries are Guarantors.

10.  DENOMINATIONS; TRANSFER; EXCHANGE

          The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of
$1,000 principal amount and whole multiples of $1,000. A Holder may transfer or
exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture. The Registrar may require a
Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements or transfer
documents and to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the
Indenture. The Registrar need not register the transfer of or exchange any Notes
selected for redemption (except, in the case of a Note to be redeemed in part,
the portion of the Note not to be redeemed) or any Notes for a period of 15 days
before the mailing of a notice of redemption of Notes to be redeemed or 15 days
before an interest payment date.

11.  PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS

          The registered Holder of this Note may be treated as the Note's owner
for all purposes.

12.  UNCLAIMED MONEY

          If money for the payment of principal or interest remains unclaimed
for two years, the Trustee or Paying Agent shall pay the money back to the
Company at its request unless an

<Page>

                                                                               8

abandoned property law designates another Person. After any such payment,
Holders entitled to the money must look only to the Company and not to the
Trustee for payment.

13.  DISCHARGE AND DEFEASANCE

          Subject to certain conditions, the Company at any time shall be
entitled to terminate some or all of its obligations under the Notes and the
Indenture if the Company deposits with the Trustee money or U.S. Government
Obligations for the payment of principal and interest on the Notes to redemption
or maturity, as the case may be.

14.  AMENDMENT, WAIVER

          Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, (i) the
Indenture and the Notes may be amended with the written consent of the Holders
of at least a majority in principal amount outstanding of the Notes and (ii) any
default or noncompliance with any provision may be waived with the written
consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount outstanding of the
Notes. Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, without the
consent of any Noteholder, the Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee shall be
entitled to amend the Indenture or the Notes to cure any ambiguity, omission,
defect or inconsistency, to comply with Article 5 of the Indenture, to provide
for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes, to
add guarantees with respect to the Notes, including any Guaranties, to secure
the Notes, to add additional covenants or surrender rights and powers conferred
on the Company or any Guarantors, to comply with any request of the SEC in
connection with qualifying the Indenture under the TIA, to make any change that
does not adversely affect the rights of any Noteholder, or to evidence the
release of a Guarantor in accordance with the Indenture.

15.  DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

          Under the Indenture, Events of Default include: (i) default in payment
of interest on the Notes, continued for 30 days; (ii) default in payment of
principal on the Notes at maturity, upon optional redemption pursuant to
paragraph 5 of the Notes, upon declaration of acceleration or otherwise, or
failure by the Company to redeem or purchase Notes when required; (iii) failure
by the Company or any Guarantor to comply with other agreements in the Indenture
or the Notes, in certain cases subject to notice and lapse of time; (iv) certain
accelerations (including failure to pay within any grace period

<Page>

                                                                               9

after final maturity) of other Indebtedness of the Company, any Guarantor or any
Significant Subsidiary if the amount accelerated (or so unpaid) exceeds $10
million; (v) certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to the
Company, any Guarantor and the Significant Subsidiaries; (vi) certain judgments
or decrees for the payment of money in excess of $10 million; and (vii) certain
defaults with respect to Guaranties. If an Event of Default occurs and is
continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of
the Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and payable by notice in writing
to the Company and the Trustee, and upon such declaration, the Notes will be due
and payable immediately. Certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency are Events
of Default which will result in the Notes being due and payable immediately upon
the occurrence of such Events of Default.

          Noteholders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as
provided in the Indenture. The Trustee may refuse to enforce the Indenture or
the Notes unless it receives reasonable indemnity or security against any loss,
liability or expense. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in
principal amount of the Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any
trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Noteholders notice of any
continuing Default (except a Default in payment of principal or interest) if it
determines that withholding notice is in the interest of the Holders.

16.  TRUSTEE DEALINGS WITH THE COMPANY

          Subject to certain limitations imposed by the Act, the Trustee under
the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or
pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with and collect obligations owed to it
by the Company or its Affiliates and may otherwise deal with the Company or its
Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee.

17.  NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS

          No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the
Company or any Guarantor will have any liability for any obligations of the
Company or any Guarantor under the Notes, any Guaranty or the Indenture or for
any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of such obligations or their
creation. Each holder of the Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all
such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for
issuance of the Notes.

<Page>

                                                                              10

18.  AUTHENTICATION

          This Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the
Trustee (or an authenticating agent) manually signs the certificate of
authentication on the other side of this Note.

19.  ABBREVIATIONS

          Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Noteholder or an
assignee, such as TEN COM (=tenants in common), TEN ENT (=tenants by the
entireties), JT TEN (=joint tenants with rights of survivorship and not as
tenants in common), CUST (=custodian), and U/G/M/A (=Uniform Gift to Minors
Act).

20.  CUSIP NUMBERS

          The Company in issuing the Notes may use "CUSIP" numbers and
corresponding "ISINs" (if then generally in use) and, if so, the Trustee shall
use "CUSIP" numbers and corresponding "ISINs" in notices of redemption as a
convenience to Holders; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that any such notice may state that
no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as
printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of a redemption and that
reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the
Notes, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or
omission of such numbers.

21.  HOLDERS' COMPLIANCE WITH REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

          Each Holder of a Note, by acceptance hereof, acknowledges and agrees
to the provisions of the Registration Rights Agreement, including the
obligations of the Holders with respect to a registration and the
indemnification of the Company to the extent provided therein.

22.  GOVERNING LAW

          THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE
LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK BUT WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES
OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER
JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.

          The Company will furnish to any Noteholder upon written request and
without charge to the Noteholder a copy of

<Page>

                                                                              11

the Indenture which has in it the text of this Note in larger type. Requests may
be made to:

          Merisant Company
          One North Brentwood Boulevard, Suite 510
          Clayton, Missouri  63103
          Attention:  Luke C. Kissam, Esq.

<Page>

                                                                              12

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                 ASSIGNMENT FORM

To assign this Note, fill in the form below:

I or we assign and transfer this Note to

-------------------------------------------------------------
  (Print or type assignee's name, address and zip code)

-------------------------------------------------------------
      (Insert assignee's soc. sec. or tax I.D. No.)

and irrevocably appoint ________________________ agent to transfer this Note on
the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Date:                           Your Signature:
     --------------------------                ---------------------------------

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note.

<Page>

                                                                              13

                       OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

       If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant
to Section 4.04 or 4.10 of the Indenture, check the box: / /

       If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the
Company pursuant to Section 4.04 or 4.10 of the Indenture, state the amount in
principal amount: $_____________

Date:                       Your Signature:
     --------------------                  ------------------------------------
                                           (Sign exactly as your name appears on
                                           the other side of this Note.)

Signature Guarantee:
                    ------------------------------------------------------------
                                 (Signature must be guaranteed)

     Signatures must be guaranteed by an "eligible guarantor institution"
meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership
or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program ("STAMP") or
such other "signature guarantee program" as may be determined by the Registrar
in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00064-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00064-of-00352.parquet"}]]